//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
//  FILE:       tkscid.cpp
//              Scid extensions to Tcl/Tk interpreter
//
//  Part of:    Scid (Shane's Chess Information Database)
//
//  Notice:     Copyright (c) 1999-2004 Shane Hudson.  All rights reserved.
//              Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Pascal Georges
//              Copyright (c) 2013-2014 Benini Fulvio
//
//  Scid is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
//  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
//  the Free Software Foundation.
//
//  Scid is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
//  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
//  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
//  GNU General Public License for more details.
//
//  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
//  along with Scid.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
//
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////



#include "crosstab.h"
#include "engine.h"
#include "game.h"
#include "mfile.h"
#include "optable.h"
#include "pbook.h"
#include "pgnparse.h"
#include "polyglot.h"
#include "position.h"
#include "probe.h"
#include "scidbase.h"
#include "searchpos.h"
#include "spellchk.h"
#include "stored.h"
#include "timer.h"
#include "tree.h"
#include "dbasepool.h"
#include "ui.h"
#include <time.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <set>
#include <algorithm>

//TODO: delete
#include "tkscid.h"


//TODO: delete
extern scidBaseT* db;
const int MAX_BASES = 9;
/////////////////


static Game * scratchGame = NULL;      // "scratch" game for searches, etc.
static PBook * ecoBook = NULL;         // eco classification pbook.
static SpellChecker* spellChk;         // Name correction.
static OpTable * reports[2] = {NULL, NULL};

void scid_Exit(void*) {
	DBasePool::closeAll();
	if (scratchGame != NULL) delete scratchGame;
	if (ecoBook != NULL) delete ecoBook;
	if (spellChk != NULL) delete spellChk;
	for (size_t i = 0, n = sizeof(reports) / sizeof(reports[0]); i < n; i++) {
		if (reports[i] != NULL) delete reports[i];
	}
};

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// Main procedure
//
int
main(int argc, char * argv[])
{
	srand(time(NULL));

	scratchGame = new Game;
	DBasePool::init();

	return UI_Main(argc, argv, scid_Exit);
}





//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// Global variables:
static const char * reportTypeName[2] = { "opening", "player" };
static const uint REPORT_OPENING = 0;
static const uint REPORT_PLAYER = 1;

static char decimalPointChar = '.';
static uint htmlDiagStyle = 0;

// Tablebase probe modes:
#define PROBE_NONE 0
#define PROBE_RESULT 1
#define PROBE_SUMMARY 2
#define PROBE_REPORT 3
#define PROBE_OPTIMAL 4



//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// Inline routines for setting Tcl result strings:
//

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// setResult():
//    Inline function to set the Tcl interpreter result to a
//    constant string.
inline int
setResult (Tcl_Interp * ti, const char * str)
{
    Tcl_SetResult (ti, (char *) str, TCL_STATIC);
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// setIntResult():
//    Inline function to set the Tcl interpreter result to a
//    signed integer value.
inline int
setIntResult (Tcl_Interp * ti, int i)
{
    char temp [20];
    sprintf (temp, "%d", i);
    Tcl_SetResult (ti, temp, TCL_VOLATILE);
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// setUintResult():
//    Inline function to set the Tcl interpreter result to an
//    unsigned integer value.
inline int
setUintResult (Tcl_Interp * ti, uint i)
{
    char temp [20];
    sprintf (temp, "%u", i);
    Tcl_SetResult (ti, temp, TCL_VOLATILE);
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// appendUintResult:
//    Inline function to append the specified unsigned value to the
//    Tcl interpreter result.
inline int
appendUintResult (Tcl_Interp * ti, uint i)
{
    char temp [20];
    sprintf (temp, "%u", i);
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// appendUintElement:
//    Inline function to append the specified unsigned value to the
//    Tcl interpreter list result.
inline uint
appendUintElement (Tcl_Interp * ti, uint i)
{
    char temp[20];
    sprintf (temp, "%u", i);
    Tcl_AppendElement (ti, temp);
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// setUintWidthResult():
//    Inline function to set the Tcl interpreter result to an
//    unsigned integer value, with zeroes to pad to the desired width.
inline int
setUintWidthResult (Tcl_Interp * ti, uint i, uint width)
{
    char temp [20];
    sprintf (temp, "%0*u", width, i);
    Tcl_SetResult (ti, temp, TCL_VOLATILE);
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// appendCharResult:
//    Inline function to append the specified character value to the
//    Tcl interpreter result.
inline int
appendCharResult (Tcl_Interp * ti, char ch)
{
    char tempStr [4];
    tempStr[0] = ch;
    tempStr[1] = 0;
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, tempStr, NULL);
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// translate:
//    Return the translation for a phrase.
//
inline const char *
translate (Tcl_Interp * ti, const char * name, const char * defaultText)
{
    const char * str = Tcl_GetVar2 (ti, "tr", (char *) name, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    if (str == NULL) { str = defaultText; }
    return str;
}

inline const char *
translate (Tcl_Interp * ti, const char * name)
{
    return translate (ti, name, name);
}

inline int errorResult (Tcl_Interp * ti, errorT err, const char* errorMsg = 0) {
    if (errorMsg != 0) Tcl_SetResult (ti, (char*) errorMsg, TCL_STATIC);
    ASSERT(err != OK);
    Tcl_SetObjErrorCode(ti, Tcl_NewIntObj(err));
    return TCL_ERROR;
}
inline int errorResult (Tcl_Interp * ti, const char* errorMsg) {
    return errorResult(ti, ERROR_BadArg, errorMsg);
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// InvalidCommand():
//    Given a Tcl Interpreter, a major command name (e.g. "sc_base") and
//    a null-terminated array of minor commands, this function sets
//    the interpreter's result to a useful error message listing the
//    available subcommands.
//    Returns TCL_ERROR, so caller can simply:
//        return InvalidCommand (...);
//    instead of:
//        InvalidCommand (...);
//        return TCL_ERROR;
int
InvalidCommand (Tcl_Interp * ti, const char * majorCmd,
                const char ** minorCmds)
{
    ASSERT (majorCmd != NULL);
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "Invalid command: ", majorCmd,
                      " has the following minor commands:\n", NULL);
    while (*minorCmds != NULL) {
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "   ", *minorCmds, "\n", NULL);
        minorCmds++;
    }
    return TCL_ERROR;
}


/************ End of Tcl result routines ***********/


//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// Standard error messages:
//
const char *
errMsgNotOpen (Tcl_Interp * ti)
{
    return translate (ti, "ErrNotOpen", "This is not an open database.");
}

const char *
errMsgSearchInterrupted (Tcl_Interp * ti)
{
    return translate (ti, "ErrSearchInterrupted",
                      "[Interrupted search; results are incomplete]");
}


/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//  MISC functions
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// str_is_prefix:
//    Provides a fast Tcl command "strIsPrefix" for checking if the
//    first string provided is a prefix of the second string, without
//    needing the standard slower [string match] or [string range]
//    routines.
int
str_is_prefix (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: strIsPrefix <shortStr> <longStr>");
    }

    return UI_Result(ti, OK, strIsPrefix (argv[1], argv[2]));
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// str_prefix_len:
//    Tcl command that returns the length of the common text at the start
//    of two strings.
int
str_prefix_len (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: strPrefixLen <str> <str>");
    }

    return setUintResult (ti, strPrefix (argv[1], argv[2]));
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_base_inUse
//  Returns 1 if the database slot is in use; 0 otherwise.
int
sc_base_inUse (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const scidBaseT* basePtr = db;
    if (argc > 2) {
        basePtr = DBasePool::getBase(strGetUnsigned(argv[2]));
        if (basePtr == 0) return UI_Result(ti, OK, false);
    }

    return UI_Result(ti, OK, basePtr->inUse);
}


//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
//  exportGame:
//    Called by sc_base_export() to export a single game.
void
exportGame (Game * g, FILE * exportFile, gameFormatT format, uint pgnStyle)
{
    char old_language = language;
 
    g->ResetPgnStyle (pgnStyle);
    g->SetPgnFormat (format);

    // Format-specific settings:
    switch (format) {
    case PGN_FORMAT_HTML:
    case PGN_FORMAT_LaTeX:
        g->AddPgnStyle (PGN_STYLE_SHORT_HEADER);
        break;
    default:
        language = 0;
        break;
    }

    g->SetHtmlStyle (htmlDiagStyle);
    std::pair<const char*, unsigned> pgn = g->WriteToPGN(75, true, format != PGN_FORMAT_LaTeX);
    //size_t nWrited =
    fwrite(pgn.first, 1, pgn.second, exportFile);
    //TODO:
    //if (nWrited != db->tbuf->GetByteCount()) error
    language = old_language;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_base_export:
//    Exports the current game or all filter games in the database
//    to a PGN, HTML or LaTeX file.
int
sc_base_export (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    FILE * exportFile = NULL;
    bool exportFilter = false;
    bool appendToFile = false;
    gameFormatT outputFormat = PGN_FORMAT_Plain;
    const char * startText = "";
    const char * endText = "";
    const char * usage = "Usage: sc_base export current|filter PGN|HTML|LaTeX <pgn_filename> options...";
    uint pgnStyle = PGN_STYLE_TAGS;

    const char * options[] = {
        "-append", "-starttext", "-endtext", "-comments", "-variations",
        "-spaces", "-symbols", "-indentComments", "-indentVariations",
        "-column", "-noMarkCodes", "-convertNullMoves", NULL
    };
    enum {
        OPT_APPEND, OPT_STARTTEXT, OPT_ENDTEXT, OPT_COMMENTS, OPT_VARIATIONS,
        OPT_SPACES, OPT_SYMBOLS, OPT_INDENTC, OPT_INDENTV,
        OPT_COLUMN, OPT_NOMARKS, OPT_CONVERTNULL
    };

    if (argc < 5) { return errorResult (ti, usage); }

    if (strIsPrefix (argv[2], "current")) {
        exportFilter = false;
    } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[2], "filter")) {
        exportFilter = true;
    } else {
        return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }

    if (! Game::PgnFormatFromString (argv[3], &outputFormat)) {
        return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }

    if (exportFilter  &&  !db->inUse) {
        return errorResult (ti, errMsgNotOpen(ti));
    }

    const char * exportFileName = argv[4];

    // Check for an even number of optional parameters:
    if ((argc % 2) != 1) { return errorResult (ti, usage); }

    // Parse all optional parameters:
    for (int arg = 5; arg < argc; arg += 2) {
        const char * value = argv[arg+1];
        bool flag = strGetBoolean (value);
        int option = strUniqueMatch (argv[arg], options);

        switch (option) {
        case OPT_APPEND:
            appendToFile = flag;
            break;

        case OPT_STARTTEXT:
            startText = value;
            break;

        case OPT_ENDTEXT:
            endText = value;
            break;

        case OPT_COMMENTS:
            if (flag) { pgnStyle |= PGN_STYLE_COMMENTS; }
            break;

        case OPT_VARIATIONS:
            if (flag) { pgnStyle |= PGN_STYLE_VARS; }
            break;

        case OPT_SPACES:
            if (flag) { pgnStyle |= PGN_STYLE_MOVENUM_SPACE; }
            break;

        case OPT_SYMBOLS:
            if (flag) { pgnStyle |= PGN_STYLE_SYMBOLS; }
            break;

        case OPT_INDENTC:
            if (flag) { pgnStyle |= PGN_STYLE_INDENT_COMMENTS; }
            break;

        case OPT_INDENTV:
            if (flag) { pgnStyle |= PGN_STYLE_INDENT_VARS; }
            break;

        case OPT_COLUMN:
            if (flag) { pgnStyle |= PGN_STYLE_COLUMN; }
            break;

        case OPT_NOMARKS:
            if (flag) { pgnStyle |= PGN_STYLE_STRIP_MARKS; }
            break;

        case OPT_CONVERTNULL:
            if (flag) { pgnStyle |= PGN_STYLE_NO_NULL_MOVES; }
            break;

        default:
            return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_base export", options);
        }
    }
    exportFile = fopen (exportFileName, (appendToFile ? "r+" : "w"));
    if (exportFile == NULL) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Error opening file for exporting games.");
    }
    // Write start text or find the place in the file to append games:
    if (appendToFile) {
        if (outputFormat == PGN_FORMAT_Plain) {
            fseek (exportFile, 0, SEEK_END);
        } else {
            fseek (exportFile, 0, SEEK_SET);
            const char * endMarker = "";
            if (outputFormat == PGN_FORMAT_HTML) {
                endMarker = "</body>";
            } else if (outputFormat == PGN_FORMAT_LaTeX) {
                endMarker = "\\end{document}";
            }
            char line [1024];
            uint pos = 0;
            while (1) {
                fgets (line, 1024, exportFile);
                if (feof (exportFile)) { break; }
                const char * s = strTrimLeft (line, " ");
                if (strIsCasePrefix (endMarker, s)) {
                    // We have seen the line to stop at, so break out
                    break;
                }
                pos = ftell (exportFile);
            }
            fseek (exportFile, pos, SEEK_SET);
        }
    } else {
        fputs (startText, exportFile);
    }

    if (!exportFilter) {
        exportGame (db->game, exportFile, outputFormat, pgnStyle);
    } else { //TODO: remove this (duplicate of sc_filter export)
        Progress progress = UI_CreateProgress(ti);
        uint numSeen = 0;
        uint numToExport = db->dbFilter->Count();
        Game * g = scratchGame;
        for (gamenumT i=0, n=db->numGames(); i < n; i++) {
            if (db->dbFilter->Get(i)) { // Export this game:
                if (numSeen++ % 100) {  // Update the percentage done bar:
                    if (!progress.report(numSeen, numToExport)) break;
                }

                // Print the game, skipping any corrupt games:
                const IndexEntry* ie = db->getIndexEntry(i);
                if (ie->GetLength() == 0) { continue; }
                db->bbuf->Empty();
                if (db->getGame(ie, db->bbuf) != OK) {
                    continue;
                }
                if (g->Decode (db->bbuf, GAME_DECODE_ALL) != OK) {
                    continue;
                }
                g->LoadStandardTags (ie, db->getNameBase());
                exportGame (g, exportFile, outputFormat, pgnStyle);
            }
        }
        progress.report(1, 1);
    }
    fputs (endText, exportFile);
    fclose (exportFile);
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_base_piecetrack:
//    Examines games in the filter of the current database and
//    returns a list of 64 integers indicating how frequently
//    the specified piece moves to each square.
int
sc_base_piecetrack (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * usage =
        "Usage: sc_base piecetrack [-g|-t] <minMoves> <maxMoves> <startSquare ...>";

    if (argc < 5) {
        return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }

    // Check for optional mode parameter:
    bool timeOnSquareMode = false;
    int arg = 2;
    if (argv[arg][0] == '-') {
        if (argv[arg][1] == 'g'  && strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "-games")) {
            timeOnSquareMode = false;
            arg++;
        } else if (argv[arg][1] == 't'  && strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "-time")) {
            timeOnSquareMode = true;
            arg++;
        } else {
            return errorResult (ti, usage);
        }
    }

    // Read the two move-number parameters:
    uint minPly = strGetUnsigned(argv[arg]) * 2;
    arg++;
    uint maxPly = strGetUnsigned(argv[arg]) * 2;
    arg++;

    // Convert moves to plycounts, e.g. "5-10" -> "9-20"
    if (minPly < 2) { minPly=2; }
    if (maxPly < minPly) { maxPly = minPly; }
    minPly--;

    // Parse the variable number of tracked square arguments:
    uint sqFreq[64] = {0};
    bool trackSquare[64] = { false };
    int nTrackSquares = 0;
    for (int a=arg; a < argc; a++) {
        squareT sq = strGetSquare (argv[a]);
        if (sq == NULL_SQUARE) { return errorResult (ti, usage); }
        if (!trackSquare[sq]) {
            // Seen another starting square to track.
            trackSquare[sq] = true;
            nTrackSquares++;
        }
    }

    // If current base is unused, filter is empty, or no track
    // squares specified, then just return a zero-filled list:

    if (! db->inUse  ||  db->dbFilter->Count() == 0  ||  nTrackSquares == 0) {
        for (uint i=0; i < 64; i++) { appendUintElement (ti, 0); }
        return TCL_OK;
    }

    // Examine every filter game and track the selected pieces:

    Progress progress = UI_CreateProgress(ti);
    uint filterCount = db->dbFilter->Count();
    uint filterSeen = 0;

    for (uint gnum = 0, n = db->numGames(); gnum < n; gnum++) {
        // Skip over non-filter games:
        if (!db->dbFilter->Get(gnum)) { continue; }

        // Update progress bar:
        if ((filterSeen++ % 1000) == 0) {
            if (!progress.report(filterSeen, filterCount)) {
                return UI_Result(ti, ERROR_UserCancel);
            }
        }

        const IndexEntry* ie = db->getIndexEntry(gnum);

        // Skip games with non-standard start or no moves:
        if (ie->GetStartFlag()) { continue; }
        if (ie->GetLength() == 0) { continue; }

        // Skip games too short to be useful:
        if (ie->GetNumHalfMoves() < minPly) { continue; }

        // Set up piece tracking for this game:
        bool movedTo[64] = { false };
        bool track[64];
        int ntrack = nTrackSquares;
        for (uint sq=0; sq < 64; sq++) { track[sq] = trackSquare[sq]; }

        Game * g = scratchGame;
        if (db->getGame(ie, db->bbuf) != OK) {
            continue;
        }
        db->bbuf->BackToStart();
        g->Clear();
        if (g->DecodeStart (db->bbuf) != OK) { continue; }

        uint plyCount = 0;
        simpleMoveT sm;

        // Process each game move until the maximum ply or end of
        // the game is reached:

        while (plyCount < maxPly) {
            if (g->DecodeNextMove (db->bbuf, &sm) != OK) { break; }
            plyCount++;
            squareT toSquare = sm.to;
            squareT fromSquare = sm.from;

            // Special hack for castling:
            if (piece_Type(sm.movingPiece) == KING) {
                if (fromSquare == E1) {
                    if (toSquare == G1  &&  track[H1]) {
                        fromSquare = H1; toSquare = F1;
                    }
                    if (toSquare == C1  &&  track[A1]) {
                        fromSquare = A1; toSquare = D1;
                    }
                }
                if (fromSquare == E8) {
                    if (toSquare == G8  &&  track[H8]) {
                        fromSquare = H8; toSquare = F8;
                    }
                    if (toSquare == C8  &&  track[A8]) {
                        fromSquare = A8; toSquare = D8;
                    }
                }
            }

            // TODO: Special hack for en-passant capture?

            if (track[toSquare]) {
                // A tracked piece has been captured:
                track[toSquare] = false;
                ntrack--;
                if (ntrack <= 0) { break; }

            } else if (track[fromSquare]) {
                // A tracked piece is moving:
                track[fromSquare] = false;
                track[toSquare] = true;
                if (plyCount >= minPly) {
                    // If not time-on-square mode, and this
                    // new target square has not been moved to
                    // already by a tracked piece in this game,
                    // increase its frequency now:
                    if (!timeOnSquareMode  && !movedTo[toSquare]) {
                        sqFreq[toSquare]++;
                    }
                    movedTo[toSquare] = true;
                }
            }

            if (timeOnSquareMode  &&  plyCount >= minPly) {
                // Time-on-square mode: find all tracked squares
                // (there are ntrack of them) and increment the
                // frequency of each.
                int nleft = ntrack;
                for (uint i=0; i < 64; i++) {
                    if (track[i]) {
                        sqFreq[i]++;
                        nleft--;
                        // We can stop early when all tracked
                        // squares have been found:
                        if (nleft <= 0) { break; }
                    }
                }
            }
        } // while (plyCount < maxPly)
    } // foreach game

    progress.report(1, 1);

    // Now return the 64-integer list: if in time-on-square mode,
    // the value for each square is the number of plies when a
    // tracked piece was on it, so halve it to convert to moves:

    for (uint i=0; i < 64; i++) {
        appendUintElement (ti, timeOnSquareMode ? sqFreq[i] / 2 : sqFreq[i]);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_base_duplicates:
//    Finds duplicate games and marks them deleted.
//    A pair of games are considered duplicates if the Event, Site,
//    White, Black, and Round values all match identically, and the
//    Date matches to within 2 days (that is, the same year, the same
//    month, and the days of month differ by 2 at most).
//
//    Furthermore, the moves of one game should, after truncating, be the
//    same as the moves of the other game, for them to be duplicates.

struct gNumListT {
    uint64_t hash;
    uint gNumber;
    bool operator<(const gNumListT& a) const { return hash < a.hash; }
};

struct dupCriteriaT {
    bool exactNames;
    bool sameColors;
    bool sameEvent;
    bool sameSite;
    bool sameRound;
    bool sameResult;
    bool sameYear;
    bool sameMonth;
    bool sameDay;
    bool sameEcoCode;
    bool sameMoves;
};

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// hashName:
//    Returns a hash value based on the first 4 letters of a string.
uint32_t hashName (const char* name)
{
    uint32_t res = 0;
    for (uint i=0; i < 4 && *name != 0; i++) {
        res += tolower(*name++);
        res <<= 8;
    }
    return res;
}

bool
checkDuplicate (scidBaseT * base,
                const IndexEntry * ie1, const IndexEntry * ie2,
                dupCriteriaT * cr)
{
    if (ie1->GetDeleteFlag()  ||  ie2->GetDeleteFlag()) { return false; }
    if (cr->sameEvent) {
        if (ie1->GetEvent() != ie2->GetEvent()) { return false; }
    }
    if (cr->sameSite) {
        if (ie1->GetSite() != ie2->GetSite()) { return false; }
    }
    if (cr->sameRound) {
        if (ie1->GetRound() != ie2->GetRound()) { return false; }
    }
    if (cr->sameYear) {
        if (ie1->GetYear() != ie2->GetYear()) { return false; }
    }
    if (cr->sameMonth) {
        if (ie1->GetMonth() != ie2->GetMonth()) { return false; }
    }
    if (cr->sameDay) {
        if (ie1->GetDay() != ie2->GetDay()) { return false; }
    }
    if (cr->sameResult) {
        if (ie1->GetResult() != ie2->GetResult()) { return false; }
    }
    if (cr->sameEcoCode) {
        ecoStringT a;
        ecoStringT b;
        eco_ToBasicString (ie1->GetEcoCode(), a);
        eco_ToBasicString (ie2->GetEcoCode(), b);
        if (a[0] != b[0]  ||  a[1] != b[1]  ||  a[2] != b[2]) { return false; }
    }
    if (cr->exactNames) {
        const NameBase* nb = base->getNameBase();
        const std::string w1 = ie1->GetWhiteName(nb);
        const std::string b1 = ie1->GetBlackName(nb);
        const std::string w2 = ie2->GetWhiteName(nb);
        const std::string b2 = ie2->GetBlackName(nb);
        if (w1 != w2 && w1 != b2) return false;
        if (b1 != b2 && b1 != w2) return false;
    }

    // There are a lot of "place-holding" games in some database, that have
    // just one (usually wrong) move and a result, that are then replaced by
    // the full version of the game. Therefore, if we reach here and one
    // of the games (or both) have only one move or no moves, return true
    // as long as they have the same year, site and round:

    if (ie1->GetNumHalfMoves() <= 2  ||  ie2->GetNumHalfMoves() <= 2) {
        if (ie1->GetYear() == ie2->GetYear()  &&
            ie1->GetSite() == ie2->GetSite()  &&
            ie1->GetRound() == ie2->GetRound()) {
            return true;
        }
    }

    // Now check that the games contain the same moves, up to the length
    // of the shorter game:

    if (cr->sameMoves) {
        const byte * hpData1 = ie1->GetHomePawnData();
        const byte * hpData2 = ie2->GetHomePawnData();
        if (! hpSig_Prefix (hpData1, hpData2)) { return false; }
        // Now we have to check the actual moves of the games:
        uint length = std::min(ie1->GetNumHalfMoves(), ie2->GetNumHalfMoves());
        std::string a = base->getGame(ie1).getMoveSAN(0, length);
        std::string b = base->getGame(ie2).getMoveSAN(0, length);
        return (a == b);
    }
    return true;
}

uint
sc_base_duplicates (scidBaseT* dbase, UI_handle_t ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    dupCriteriaT criteria;
    criteria.exactNames  = false;
    criteria.sameColors  = true;
    criteria.sameEvent   = true;
    criteria.sameSite    = true;
    criteria.sameRound   = true;
    criteria.sameYear    = true;
    criteria.sameMonth   = true;
    criteria.sameDay     = false;
    criteria.sameResult  = false;
    criteria.sameEcoCode = false;
    criteria.sameMoves = true;

    bool skipShortGames = false;
    bool keepAllCommentedGames = true;
    bool keepAllGamesWithVars  = true;
    bool setFilterToDups = false;
    bool onlyFilterGames = false;
    bool copyRatings = false;

    // Deletion strategy: delete the shorter game, the game with the
    // smaller game number, or the game with the larger game number.
    enum deleteStrategyT { DELETE_SHORTER, DELETE_OLDER, DELETE_NEWER };
    deleteStrategyT deleteStrategy = DELETE_SHORTER;

    // Parse command options in pairs of arguments:

    const char * options[] = {
        "-players", "-colors", "-event", "-site", "-round", "-year",
        "-month", "-day", "-result", "-eco", "-moves", "-skipshort",
        "-comments", "-variations", "-setfilter", "-usefilter",
        "-copyratings", "-delete",
        NULL
    };
    enum {
        OPT_PLAYERS, OPT_COLORS, OPT_EVENT, OPT_SITE, OPT_ROUND, OPT_YEAR,
        OPT_MONTH, OPT_DAY, OPT_RESULT, OPT_ECO, OPT_MOVES, OPT_SKIPSHORT,
        OPT_COMMENTS, OPT_VARIATIONS, OPT_SETFILTER, OPT_USEFILTER,
        OPT_COPYRATINGS, OPT_DELETE
    };

    for (int arg = 3; arg < argc; arg += 2) {
        const char * optStr = argv[arg];
        const char * valueStr = argv[arg + 1];
        bool b = strGetBoolean (valueStr);
        int index = strUniqueMatch (optStr, options);
        switch (index) {
            case OPT_PLAYERS:     criteria.exactNames = b;   break;
            case OPT_COLORS:      criteria.sameColors = b;   break;
            case OPT_EVENT:       criteria.sameEvent = b;    break;
            case OPT_SITE:        criteria.sameSite = b;     break;
            case OPT_ROUND:       criteria.sameRound = b;    break;
            case OPT_YEAR:        criteria.sameYear = b;     break;
            case OPT_MONTH:       criteria.sameMonth = b;    break;
            case OPT_DAY:         criteria.sameDay = b;      break;
            case OPT_RESULT:      criteria.sameResult = b;   break;
            case OPT_ECO:         criteria.sameEcoCode = b;  break;
            case OPT_MOVES:       criteria.sameMoves = b;    break;
            case OPT_SKIPSHORT:   skipShortGames = b;        break;
            case OPT_COMMENTS:    keepAllCommentedGames = b; break;
            case OPT_VARIATIONS:  keepAllGamesWithVars = b;  break;
            case OPT_SETFILTER:   setFilterToDups = b;       break;
            case OPT_USEFILTER:   onlyFilterGames = b;       break;
            case OPT_COPYRATINGS: copyRatings = b;           break;
            case OPT_DELETE:
                if (strIsCasePrefix (valueStr, "shorter")) {
                    deleteStrategy = DELETE_SHORTER;
                } else if (strIsCasePrefix (valueStr, "older")) {
                    deleteStrategy = DELETE_OLDER;
                } else if (strIsCasePrefix (valueStr, "newer")) {
                    deleteStrategy = DELETE_NEWER;
                } else {
                    return errorResult (ti, "Invalid option.");
                }
                break;
            default:
                return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_base duplicates", options);
        }
    }
    uint deletedCount = 0;
    const gamenumT numGames = dbase->numGames();

    // Setup duplicates array:
    uint* duplicates = new uint [numGames];
    std::fill(duplicates, duplicates + numGames, 0);

    // We use a hashtable to limit duplicate game comparisons; each game
    // is only compared to others that hash to the same value.
    std::vector<gNumListT> hash(numGames);
    size_t n_hash = 0;
    for (gamenumT i=0; i < numGames; i++) {
        const IndexEntry* ie = dbase->getIndexEntry(i);
        if (! ie->GetDeleteFlag()  /* &&  !ie->GetStartFlag() */
            &&  (!skipShortGames  ||  ie->GetNumHalfMoves() >= 10)
            &&  (!onlyFilterGames  ||  dbase->dbFilter->Get(i) > 0)) {

            gNumListT* node = &(hash[n_hash++]);
            node->hash = hashName(ie->GetWhiteName(dbase->getNameBase()));
            if (criteria.sameColors) node->hash <<= 32;
            node->hash += hashName(ie->GetBlackName(dbase->getNameBase()));
            node->gNumber = i;
        }
    }
    hash.resize(n_hash);
    std::sort(hash.begin(), hash.end());

    if (setFilterToDups) { dbase->dbFilter->Fill (0); }
    Progress progress = UI_CreateProgress(ti);

    // Now check same-hash games for duplicates:
    for (size_t i=0; i < n_hash; i++) {
        if ((i % 1000) == 0) {
            if (!progress.report(i, numGames)) break;
        }
        gNumListT* head = &(hash[i]);
        IndexEntry* ieHead = dbase->idx->FetchEntry (head->gNumber);

        for (size_t comp=i+1; comp < n_hash; comp++) {
            gNumListT* compare = &(hash[comp]);
            if (compare->hash != head->hash) break;

            IndexEntry * ieComp = dbase->idx->FetchEntry (compare->gNumber);

            if (checkDuplicate (dbase, ieHead, ieComp, &criteria)) {
                    duplicates[head->gNumber] = compare->gNumber + 1;
                    duplicates[compare->gNumber] = head->gNumber + 1;

                    // Found a duplicate! Decide which one to delete:

                    bool headImmune = false;
                    bool compImmune = false;
                    bool doDeletion = false;
                    bool copiedRatings = false;
                    gamenumT gnumKeep, gnumDelete;
                    IndexEntry * ieDelete, * ieKeep;

                    if (keepAllCommentedGames) {
                        if (ieHead->GetCommentsFlag()) { headImmune = true; }
                        if (ieComp->GetCommentsFlag()) { compImmune = true; }
                    }
                    if (keepAllGamesWithVars) {
                        if (ieHead->GetVariationsFlag()) { headImmune = true; }
                        if (ieComp->GetVariationsFlag()) { compImmune = true; }
                    }

                    // Decide which game should get deleted:
                    bool deleteHead = false;
                    if (deleteStrategy == DELETE_OLDER) {
                        deleteHead = (head->gNumber < compare->gNumber);
                    } else if (deleteStrategy == DELETE_NEWER) {
                        deleteHead = (head->gNumber > compare->gNumber);
                    } else {
                        ASSERT (deleteStrategy == DELETE_SHORTER);
                        uint a = ieHead->GetNumHalfMoves();
                        uint b = ieComp->GetNumHalfMoves();
                        deleteHead = (a <= b);
                        if (a == b && headImmune) deleteHead = false;
                    }

                    if (deleteHead) {
                        ieDelete = ieHead;
                        ieKeep = ieComp;
                        gnumDelete = head->gNumber;
                        gnumKeep = compare->gNumber;
                        doDeletion = ! headImmune;
                    } else {
                        ieDelete = ieComp;
                        ieKeep = ieHead;
                        gnumDelete = compare->gNumber;
                        gnumKeep = head->gNumber;
                        doDeletion = ! compImmune;
                    }
                    // Delete whichever game is to be deleted:
                    if (doDeletion) {
                        deletedCount++;
                        ieDelete->SetDeleteFlag (true);
                        if (copyRatings  &&  ieKeep->GetWhiteElo() == 0) {
                            eloT elo = ieDelete->GetWhiteElo();
                            byte rtype = ieDelete->GetWhiteRatingType();
                            if (elo != 0) {
                                ieKeep->SetWhiteElo (elo);
                                ieKeep->SetWhiteRatingType (rtype);
                                copiedRatings = true;
                            }
                        }
                        if (copyRatings  &&  ieKeep->GetBlackElo() == 0) {
                            eloT elo = ieDelete->GetBlackElo();
                            byte rtype = ieDelete->GetBlackRatingType();
                            if (elo != 0) {
                                ieKeep->SetBlackElo (elo);
                                ieKeep->SetBlackRatingType (rtype);
                                copiedRatings = true;
                            }
                        }
                        dbase->idx->WriteEntry (ieDelete, gnumDelete);
                        if (copiedRatings) {
                            dbase->idx->WriteEntry (ieKeep, gnumKeep);
                        }
                        if (setFilterToDups) {
                            dbase->dbFilter->Set (gnumDelete, 1);
                        }
                    }
            }
        }
    }

    dbase->clearCaches();
    dbase->setDuplicates(duplicates);
    progress.report(1,1);

    return deletedCount;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_base_tag:
//   Produce a list of PGN tags used in the database,
//   or strip an unwanted non-essential tag from the
//   database. It cannot be used for in-index tags
//   such as ratings, ECO or EventDate, or the FEN
//   or Setup tags.
//   The command has three subcommands:
//      find <tag>: set the filter to contain all games
//                  that have the specified tag.
//      list: return a even-sized list, where each pair
//            of elements is a tag name and its frequency,
//            for all non-standard tags stored as Extra
//            tags in the game file of the database.
//      strip <tag>: Remove all occurrences of the
//                   specified tag from the database.
int
sc_base_tag (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * usage = "Usage: sc_base tag [filter <tagname> | list | strip <tagname>]";
    const char * options[] = {
        "find", "list", "strip", NULL
    };
    enum {
        TAG_FIND, TAG_LIST, TAG_STRIP
    };

    const char * tag = NULL;  // For "find" or "strip" commands
    std::vector< std::pair <std::string, uint> > tag_freq;  // For "list" command

    if (! db->inUse) {
        return errorResult (ti, errMsgNotOpen(ti));
    }

    int cmd = -1;
    if (argc >= 3) { cmd = strUniqueMatch (argv[2], options); }

    switch (cmd) {
    case TAG_LIST:
        if (argc != 3) { return errorResult (ti, usage); }
        break;
    case TAG_FIND:  // Same extra parameter as TAG_STRIP
    case TAG_STRIP:
        if (argc != 4) { return errorResult (ti,usage); }
        tag = argv[3];
        break;
    default:
        return errorResult (ti, usage);
    };

    // If stripping a tag, make sure we have a writable database:
    if (cmd == TAG_STRIP  &&  db->isReadOnly()) {
        return errorResult (ti, ERROR_FileReadOnly);
    }

    // If setting filter, clear it now:
    if (cmd == TAG_FIND) { db->dbFilter->Fill (0); }

    // Process each game in the database:
    Progress progress = UI_CreateProgress(ti);
    Game * g = scratchGame;
    uint nEditedGames = 0;

    for (gamenumT gnum = 0, n = db->numGames(); gnum < n; gnum++) {
        if ((gnum % 1000) == 0) {
            if (!progress.report(gnum, n)) break;
        }

        const IndexEntry* ie = db->getIndexEntry(gnum);
        if (ie->GetLength() == 0) { continue; }
        db->bbuf->Empty();
        if (db->getGame(ie, db->bbuf) != OK) {
            continue;
        }
        if (g->Decode (db->bbuf, GAME_DECODE_ALL) != OK) {
            continue;
        }
        if (cmd == TAG_FIND) {
            if (g->FindExtraTag (tag) != NULL) {
                // Found the tag, so add this game to the filter:
                db->dbFilter->Set (gnum, 1);
            }
        } else if (cmd == TAG_STRIP) {
            if (g->RemoveExtraTag (tag)) {
                // The tag was found and stripped. Re-save the game,
                // remembering to load its standard tags first:
                g->LoadStandardTags (ie, db->getNameBase());
                errorT res = db->saveGame(g, false, gnum);
                if (res != OK) return UI_Result(ti, res);
                nEditedGames++;
            }
        } else {
            ASSERT (cmd == TAG_LIST);
            uint numtags = g->GetNumExtraTags();
            tagT * taglist = g->GetExtraTags();
            // Increment frequency for each extra tag:
            while (numtags > 0) {
                bool found = false;
                for (uint i=0; i < tag_freq.size(); i++) {
                    if (tag_freq[i].first == taglist->tag) {
                        tag_freq[i].second++;
                        found = true;
                        break;
                    }
                }
                if (!found) {
                    tag_freq.push_back(std::make_pair(taglist->tag, 1));
                }
                numtags--;
                taglist++;
            }
        }
    }
    // Done searching through all games.

    // If necessary, update index and name files:
    if (cmd == TAG_STRIP) {
        if (nEditedGames > 0) db->clearCaches();
        setUintResult (ti, nEditedGames);
    }

    // If listing extra tags, generate the list now:
    if (cmd == TAG_LIST) {
        for (uint i=0; i < tag_freq.size(); i++) {
            uint freq = tag_freq[i].second;
            const char* name = tag_freq[i].first.c_str();
            if (freq > 0  &&  !strEqual (name, "SetUp")) {
                Tcl_AppendElement (ti, name);
                appendUintElement (ti, freq);
            }
        }
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}


//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// CLIPBASE functions

int sc_clipbase_paste (scidBaseT* clipbase, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv);


//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_clipbase:
//    Game clipbase functions.
//    Copies a game to, or pastes from, the clipbase database.
int
sc_clipbase (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    scidBaseT* clipbase = DBasePool::getBase(DBasePool::getClipBase());

    static const char * options [] = {
        "clear", "paste", NULL
    };
    enum {
        CLIP_CLEAR, CLIP_PASTE
    };
    int index = -1;

    if (argc > 1) { index = strUniqueMatch (argv[1], options); }

    switch (index) {
    case CLIP_CLEAR:
        clipbase->Close();
        clipbase->Open(FMODE_Memory, "<clipbase>");
        clipbase->idx->SetType (2);
        return TCL_OK;

    case CLIP_PASTE:
        return sc_clipbase_paste (clipbase, ti, argc, argv);

    default:
        return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_clipbase", options);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_clipbase_paste:
//    Paste the active clipbase game, replacing the current game state.
int
sc_clipbase_paste (scidBaseT* clipbase, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    // Cannot paste the clipbase game when already in the clipbase:
    if (db == clipbase) { return TCL_OK; }

    uint location = clipbase->game->GetPgnOffset ();
    db->bbuf->Empty();
    if (clipbase->game->Encode (db->bbuf, NULL) != OK) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Error encoding game.");
    }
    db->bbuf->BackToStart();
    db->game->Clear();
    db->gameNumber = -1;
    db->gameAltered = true;

    if (db->game->Decode (db->bbuf, GAME_DECODE_ALL) != OK) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Error decoding game.");
    }

    // Copy the standard tag values from the clipbase game:
    db->game->CopyStandardTags (clipbase->game);

    // Move to the current position in the clipbase game:
    db->game->MoveToLocationInPGN (location);

    return TCL_OK;
}


//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// ECO Classification functions

// ecoTranslateT:
//    Structure for a linked list of ECO opening name translations.
//
struct ecoTranslateT {
    char   language;
    char * from;
    char * to;
    ecoTranslateT * next;
};

static ecoTranslateT * ecoTranslations = NULL;
void translateECO (Tcl_Interp * ti, const char * strFrom, DString * dstrTo);

int
sc_eco (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    int index = -1;
    static const char * options [] = {
        "base", "game", "read", "reset", "size", "summary",
        "translate", NULL
    };
    enum {
        ECO_BASE, ECO_GAME, ECO_READ, ECO_RESET, ECO_SIZE, ECO_SUMMARY,
        ECO_TRANSLATE
    };

    if (argc > 1) { index = strUniqueMatch (argv[1], options); }

    switch (index) {
    case ECO_BASE:
        return sc_eco_base (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case ECO_GAME:
        return sc_eco_game (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case ECO_READ:
        return sc_eco_read (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case ECO_RESET:
        if (ecoBook) { delete ecoBook; ecoBook = NULL; }
        break;

    case ECO_SIZE:
        return setUintResult (ti, ecoBook == NULL ? 0 : ecoBook->Size());

    case ECO_SUMMARY:
        return sc_eco_summary (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case ECO_TRANSLATE:
        return sc_eco_translate (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    default:
        return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_eco", options);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}


//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_eco_base:
//    Reclassifies all games in the current base by ECO code.
//
//    The first parameter indicates if all games (not only those
//    with no existing ECO code) should be classified.
//       "0" or "nocode": only games with no ECO code.
//       "1" or "all": classify all games.
//       "date:yyyy.mm.dd": only games since date.
//    The second boolean parameter indicates if Scid-specific ECO
//    extensions (e.g. "B12j" instead of just "B12") should be used.
//
//    If the database is read-only, games can still be classified but
//    the results will not be stored to the database file.
int
sc_eco_base (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 4) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_eco base <bool:all_games> <bool:extensions>");
    }
    if (!ecoBook) { return errorResult (ti, "No ECO Book is loaded."); }
    if (! db->inUse) return errorResult (ti, ERROR_FileNotOpen);
    if (db->isReadOnly()) return errorResult (ti, ERROR_FileReadOnly);

    int option = -1;
    enum {ECO_NOCODE, ECO_ALL, ECO_DATE, ECO_FILTER};

    switch (argv[2][0]) {
    case '0':
    case 'n':
        option = ECO_NOCODE; break;
    case 'd':
        option = ECO_DATE; break;
    case 'f':
        option = ECO_FILTER; break;
    default:
        option = ECO_ALL; break;
    }

    bool extendedCodes = strGetBoolean(argv[3]);
    Game * g = scratchGame;
    IndexEntry * ie;
    errorT err = OK;
    uint countClassified = 0;  // Count of games classified.
    dateT startDate = ZERO_DATE;
    if (option == ECO_DATE) {
        startDate = date_EncodeFromString (&(argv[2][5]));
    }
    Progress progress = UI_CreateProgress(ti);
    Timer timer;  // Time the classification operation.

    // Read each game:
    for (uint i=0, n = db->numGames(); i < n; i++) {
        if ((i % 1000) == 0) {  // Update the percentage done bar:
            if (!progress.report(i, n)) break;
        }
        ie = db->idx->FetchEntry (i);
        if (ie->GetLength() == 0) { continue; }

        // Ignore games not in current filter if directed:
        if (option == ECO_FILTER  &&  db->dbFilter->Get(i) == 0) { continue; }

        // Ignore games with existing ECO code if directed:
        if (option == ECO_NOCODE  &&  ie->GetEcoCode() != 0) { continue; }

        // Ignore games before starting date if directed:
        if (option == ECO_DATE  &&  ie->GetDate() < startDate) { continue; }

        if (db->getGame(ie, db->bbuf) != OK) { continue; }
        db->bbuf->BackToStart();
        g->Clear();
        if (g->DecodeStart (db->bbuf) != OK) { continue; }

        // First, read in the game -- with a limit of 30 moves per
        // side, since an ECO match after move 31 is very unlikely and
        // we can save time by setting a limit. Also, stop when the
        // material left in on the board is less than that of the
        // book position with the least material, since no further
        // positions in the game could possibly match.

        uint maxPly = 60;
        uint leastMaterial = ecoBook->FewestPieces();
        uint material;

        do {
            err = g->DecodeNextMove (db->bbuf, NULL);
            maxPly--;
            material = g->GetCurrentPos()->TotalMaterial();
        } while (err == OK  &&  maxPly > 0  &&  material >= leastMaterial);

        // Now, move back through the game to the start searching for a
        // match in the ECO book. Stop at the first match found since it
        // is the deepest.

        DString commentStr;
        ecoT ecoCode = ECO_None;

        do {
            if (ecoBook->FindOpcode (g->GetCurrentPos(), "eco",
                                     &commentStr) == OK) {
                ecoCode = eco_FromString (commentStr.Data());
                if (! extendedCodes) {
                    ecoCode = eco_BasicCode (ecoCode);
                }
                break;
            }
            err = g->MoveBackup();
        } while (err == OK);

        if (ie->GetEcoCode() != ecoCode) {
            ie->SetEcoCode (ecoCode);
            err = db->idx->WriteEntry (ie, i);
            if (err != OK) return errorResult(ti, err);
            countClassified++;
        }
    }
    progress.report(1,1);

    // Update the index file header:
    err = db->clearCaches();
    if (err != OK) return errorResult(ti, err);

    int centisecs = timer.CentiSecs();
    char tempStr [100];
    sprintf (tempStr, "Classified %d game%s in %d%c%02d seconds",
             countClassified, strPlural (countClassified),
             centisecs / 100, decimalPointChar, centisecs % 100);
    return UI_Result(ti, OK, tempStr);
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_eco_game:
//    Returns ECO code for the current game. If the optional
//    parameter <ply> is passed, it returns the ply depth of the
//    deepest match instead of the ECO code.
int
sc_eco_game (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    int found = 0;
    uint ply = 0;
    uint returnPly = 0;
    if (argc > 2) {
        if (argc == 3  &&  strIsPrefix (argv[2], "ply")) {
            returnPly = 1;
        } else {
            return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_game eco [ply]");
        }
    }
    if (!ecoBook) { return TCL_OK; }

    db->game->SaveState();
    db->game->MoveToPly (0);
    DString ecoStr;

    do {} while (db->game->MoveForward() == OK);
    do {
        if (ecoBook->FindOpcode (db->game->GetCurrentPos(), "eco",
                                 &ecoStr) == OK) {
            found = 1;
            ply = db->game->GetCurrentPly();
            break;
        }
    } while (db->game->MoveBackup() == OK);

    if (found) {
        if (returnPly) {
            setUintResult (ti, ply);
        } else {
            ecoT ecoCode = eco_FromString (ecoStr.Data());
            ecoStringT ecoStr;
            eco_ToExtendedString (ecoCode, ecoStr);
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, ecoStr, NULL);
        }
    }
    db->game->RestoreState ();
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_eco_read:
//    Reads a book file for ECO classification.
//    Returns the book size (number of positions).
int
sc_eco_read (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc < 3) { return TCL_OK; }
    if (ecoBook) { delete ecoBook; }
    ecoBook = new PBook;
    ecoBook->SetFileName (argv[2]);
    errorT err = ecoBook->ReadEcoFile();
    if (err != OK) {
        if (err == ERROR_FileOpen) {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "Unable to open the ECO file:\n",
                              argv[2], NULL);
        } else {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "Unable to load the ECO file:\n",
                              argv[2], NULL);
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "\n\nError at line ", NULL);
            appendUintResult (ti, ecoBook->GetLineNumber());
        }
        delete ecoBook;
        ecoBook = NULL;
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    return setUintResult (ti, ecoBook->Size());
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_eco_summary:
//    Returns a listing of positions for the specified ECO prefix,
//    in plain text or color (Scid hypertext) format.
int
sc_eco_summary (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    bool color = true;
    if (argc != 3  &&  argc != 4) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_eco summary <ECO-prefix> [<bool:color>]");
    }
    if (argc == 4) { color = strGetBoolean (argv[3]); }
    if (!ecoBook) { return TCL_OK; }
    DString * dstr = new DString;
    DString * temp = new DString;
    bool inMoveList = false;
    ecoBook->EcoSummary (argv[2], temp);
    translateECO (ti, temp->Data(), dstr);
    temp->Clear();
    if (color) {
        DString * oldstr = dstr;
        dstr = new DString;
        const char * s = oldstr->Data();
        while (*s) {
            char ch = *s;
            switch (ch) {
            case '[':
                dstr->Append ("<tab>");
                dstr->AddChar (ch);
                break;
            case ']':
                dstr->AddChar (ch);
                dstr->Append ("<blue><run importMoveListTrans {");
                inMoveList = true;
                temp->Clear();
                break;
            case '\n':
                if (inMoveList) {
                    dstr->Append ("}>", temp->Data());
                    inMoveList = false;
                }
                dstr->Append ("</run></blue></tab><br>");
                break;
            default:
                dstr->AddChar (ch);
                if (inMoveList) { temp->AddChar (transPiecesChar(ch)); }//{ temp->AddChar (ch); }
            }
            s++;
        }
        delete oldstr;
    }
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, dstr->Data(), NULL);
    delete temp;
    delete dstr;
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_eco_translate:
//    Adds a new ECO openings phrase translation.
int
sc_eco_translate (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 5) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_eco translate <lang> <from> <to>");
    }

#ifdef WINCE
    ecoTranslateT * trans = (ecoTranslateT * )my_Tcl_Alloc( sizeof(ecoTranslateT));
#else
    ecoTranslateT * trans = new ecoTranslateT;
#endif
    trans->next = ecoTranslations;
    trans->language = argv[2][0];
    trans->from = strDuplicate (argv[3]);
    trans->to = strDuplicate (argv[4]);
    ecoTranslations = trans;
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// translateECO:
//    Translates an ECO opening name into the current language.
//
void
translateECO (Tcl_Interp * ti, const char * strFrom, DString * dstrTo)
{
    ecoTranslateT * trans = ecoTranslations;
    dstrTo->Clear();
    dstrTo->Append (strFrom);
    const char * language = Tcl_GetVar (ti, "language", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
    if (language == NULL) { return; }
    char lang = language[0];
    while (trans != NULL) {
        if (trans->language == lang
            &&  strContains (dstrTo->Data(), trans->from)) {
            // Translate this phrase in the string:
            char * temp = strDuplicate (dstrTo->Data());
            dstrTo->Clear();
            char * in = temp;
            while (*in != 0) {
                if (strIsPrefix (trans->from, in)) {
                    dstrTo->Append (trans->to);
                    in += strLength (trans->from);
                } else {
                    dstrTo->AddChar (*in);
                    in++;
                }
            }
#ifdef WINCE
            my_Tcl_Free((char*) temp);
#else
            delete[] temp;
#endif
        }
        trans = trans->next;
    }
}

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///  FILTER functions

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_filter: filter commands.  Valid minor commands:
//    count:     returns the number of games in the filter.
//    reset:     resets the filter so all games are included.
//    remove:    removes game number <x> from the filter.
//    stats:     prints filter statistics.
int
sc_filter (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    int index = -1;
    static const char * options [] = {
        "count", "first", "frequency",
        "last", "negate", "next",
        "previous", "set", "stats",
        "link", "search", "release", "isWhole",
        "treestats", "export", "copy", "and", "or", "new", NULL
    };
    enum {
        FILTER_COUNT, FILTER_FIRST, FILTER_FREQ,
        FILTER_LAST, FILTER_NEGATE, FILTER_NEXT,
        FILTER_PREV, FILTER_SET, FILTER_STATS,
        FILTER_LINK, FILTER_SEARCH, FILTER_RELEASE, FILTER_ISWHOLE,
        FILTER_TREESTATS, FILTER_EXPORT, FILTER_COPY, FILTER_AND, FILTER_OR, FILTER_NEW
    };

    if (argc > 1) { index = strUniqueMatch (argv[1], options); }

    switch (index) {
    case FILTER_COUNT:
        if (argc == 2) {
            return setUintResult(ti, db->getFilter("dbfilter").count());
        }
        break;

    case FILTER_NEW:
        if (argc == 3 || argc == 4) {
            scidBaseT* dbase = DBasePool::getBase(strGetUnsigned(argv[2]));
            if (dbase == NULL) return UI_Result(ti, ERROR_BadArg, "sc_filter: invalid baseId");
            if (argc == 4) {
                //TODO: Use argv[4] (FEN) instead of current Position
                SearchPos fp(db->game->GetCurrentPos());
                //TODO: use a dedicated filter instead of treeFilter
                HFilter maskfilter = HFilter(dbase->treeFilter);
                std::string val;
                if (fp.setFilter(dbase, maskfilter, UI_CreateProgressPosMask(ti))) {
                    val = "tree";
                }
                return UI_Result(ti, OK, val);
            }
            return UI_Result(ti, OK, dbase->newFilter());
        }
        return UI_Result(ti, ERROR_BadArg, "Usage: sc_filter new baseId [FEN]");

    case FILTER_FIRST:
        return sc_filter_first (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case FILTER_LAST:
        return sc_filter_last (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case FILTER_NEXT:
        return sc_filter_next (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case FILTER_PREV:
        return sc_filter_prev (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case FILTER_STATS:
        return sc_filter_stats (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    }

    if (argc < 4) return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_filter <cmd> baseId filterName");
    scidBaseT* dbase = DBasePool::getBase(strGetUnsigned(argv[2]));
    if (dbase == NULL) return errorResult (ti, "sc_filter: invalid baseId");
    HFilter filter = dbase->getFilter(argv[3]);
    if (!filter) return errorResult (ti, "sc_filter: invalid filterName");
    switch (index) {
    case FILTER_AND:
        if (argc == 5) {
            const HFilter f = dbase->getFilter(argv[4]);
            if (*f) {
                for (uint i=0, n = dbase->numGames(); i < n; i++) {
                    if (filter.get(i) != 0 && f.get(i) == 0) filter.set(i, 0);
                }
                return UI_Result(ti, OK);
            }
        }
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_filter and baseId filterName filterAnd");

    case FILTER_OR:
        if (argc == 5) {
            const HFilter f = dbase->getFilter(argv[4]);
            if (*f) {
                for (uint i=0, n = dbase->numGames(); i < n; i++) {
                    if (filter.get(i) == 0) filter.set(i, f.get(i));
                }
                return UI_Result(ti, OK);
            }
        }
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_filter or baseId filterName filterOr");

    case FILTER_COPY:
        if (argc == 5) {
            const HFilter f = dbase->getFilter(argv[4]);
            if (*f) {
                for (uint i=0, n = dbase->numGames(); i < n; i++) {
                    filter.set(i, f.get(i));
                }
                return UI_Result(ti, OK);
            }
        }
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_filter copy baseId filterTo filterFrom");

    case FILTER_FREQ:
        return sc_filter_freq (dbase, filter, ti, argc, argv);

    case FILTER_NEGATE:
        for (uint i=0, n = dbase->numGames(); i < n; i++) {
            filter.set(i, ! filter.get(i) );
        }
        return UI_Result(ti, OK);

    case FILTER_LINK: {
        std::string res = argv[3];
        if (res[0] == '+') res = res.substr(1, res.find('+', 1) -1);
        if (argc > 4) {
            const HFilter maskfilter = dbase->getFilter(argv[4]);
            if (*maskfilter) res = '+' + res + "+" + argv[4];
        }
        return UI_Result(ti, OK, res);
        }

    case FILTER_SET:
        if (argc == 5) {
            filter.fill(strGetUnsigned(argv[4]));
            return TCL_OK;
        } else if (argc > 5) {
            uint gNum = strGetUnsigned (argv[5]);
            if (gNum > 0 && gNum <= dbase->numGames()) {
                uint val = strGetUnsigned(argv[4]);
                if (argc == 8) {
                    uint start = dbase->GetRangeLocation (argv[7], filter, gNum);
                    if (start == IDX_NOT_FOUND) return UI_Result(ti, ERROR_BadArg);
                    int tmp = strGetInteger (argv[6]);
                    uint count = std::abs(tmp);
                    if (tmp < 0) {
                        if (start >= count) {
                            start = start - count +1;
                        } else {
                            count = start +1;
                            start = 0;
                        }
                    }
                    uint* idxList = new uint[count];
                    dbase->GetRange(argv[7], start, count, filter, idxList);
                    for (uint i = 0; i < count; ++i) {
                        if (idxList[i] == IDX_NOT_FOUND) break;
                        filter.set(idxList[i], val);
                    }
                    delete [] idxList;
                }
                filter.set(gNum -1, val);
                return TCL_OK;
            }
        }
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_filter set baseId filterName value [gnumber [count sortCrit] ]");

    case FILTER_COUNT:
        return setUintResult (ti, filter.count());

    case FILTER_RELEASE:
        dbase->deleteFilter(argv[3]);
        return TCL_OK;

    case FILTER_SEARCH:
        if (argc > 5) {
            if (strCompare("header", argv[4]) == 0)
                return sc_search_header (cd, ti, dbase, filter, argc -3, argv +3);
        }
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_filter search baseId filterName <header> [args]");

    case FILTER_ISWHOLE:
        return UI_Result(ti, OK, filter.isWhole());

    case FILTER_TREESTATS: {
            std::vector<scidBaseT::TreeStat> stats = dbase->getTreeStat(filter);
            UI_List res (stats.size());
            UI_List ginfo(8);
            for (uint i=0; i < stats.size(); i++) {
                ginfo.clear();
                ginfo.push_back(stats[i].SAN);
                ginfo.push_back(stats[i].ngames);
                ginfo.push_back(stats[i].resultW);
                ginfo.push_back(stats[i].resultD);
                ginfo.push_back(stats[i].resultB);
                ginfo.push_back(stats[i].exp);
                ginfo.push_back(stats[i].nexp);
                if (stats[i].toMove == WHITE) ginfo.push_back("W");
                else ginfo.push_back(stats[i].toMove == BLACK ? "B" : " ");

                res.push_back(ginfo);
            }
            return UI_Result(ti, OK, res);
        }

    case FILTER_EXPORT:
        if (argc >= 7 && argc <=9) {
            FILE* exportFile = fopen (argv[5], "w");
            if (exportFile == NULL) return errorResult (ti, "Error opening file for exporting games.");
            Game g;
            if (strCompare("LaTeX", argv[6]) == 0) {
                g.SetPgnFormat (PGN_FORMAT_LaTeX);
                g.ResetPgnStyle (PGN_STYLE_TAGS | PGN_STYLE_COMMENTS | PGN_STYLE_VARS | PGN_STYLE_SHORT_HEADER | PGN_STYLE_SYMBOLS | PGN_STYLE_INDENT_VARS);
            } else { //Default to PGN
                g.SetPgnFormat (PGN_FORMAT_Plain);
                g.ResetPgnStyle (PGN_STYLE_TAGS | PGN_STYLE_COMMENTS | PGN_STYLE_VARS);
            }
            if (argc > 7) fprintf(exportFile, "%s", argv[7]);
            Progress progress = UI_CreateProgress(ti);
            const int count = 100;
            uint idxList[count];
            bool end = false;
            for (uint start = 0; !end; start += count) {
                const NameBase* nb = dbase->getNameBase();
                dbase->GetRange(argv[4], start, count, filter, idxList);
                for (int i = 0; i < count; ++i) {
                    if (idxList[i] == IDX_NOT_FOUND) { end = true; break; }
                    const IndexEntry* ie = dbase->getIndexEntry(idxList[i]);
                    // Skip any corrupt games:
                    if (dbase->getGame(ie, dbase->bbuf) != OK) continue;
                    if (g.Decode (dbase->bbuf, GAME_DECODE_ALL) != OK) continue;
                    g.LoadStandardTags (ie, nb);
                    std::pair<const char*, unsigned> pgn = g.WriteToPGN(75, true);
                    //size_t nWrited =
                    fwrite(pgn.first, 1, pgn.second, exportFile);
                    //TODO:
                    //if (nWrited != db->tbuf->GetByteCount()) error
                }
                if (!end) {
                    end = ! progress.report(start, filter.count());
                }
            }
            if (argc > 8) fprintf(exportFile, "%s", argv[8]);
            fclose (exportFile);
            progress.report(1,1);
            return TCL_OK;
        }
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_filter export baseId filterName sortCrit filename <PGN|LaTeX> [header] [footer]");

	}
    return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_filter", options);
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_filter_freq:
//    Returns a two-integer list showing how many filter games,
//    and how many total database games, meet the specified
//    date or mean rating range criteria.
//    Usage:
//        sc_filter freq baseId filterName date <startdate> [<endDate>]
//    or  sc_filter freq baseId filterName elo <lowerMeanElo> [<upperMeanElo>]
//Klimmek: or sc_filter freq baseId filterName moves <lowerhalfMove> <higherhalfMove>
//         add mode to count games with specified movenumber
//    where the final parameter defaults to the maximum allowed
//    date or Elo rating.
//    Note for rating queries: only the rating values in the game
//    are used; estimates from other games or the spelling file
//    will be ignored. Also, if one player has an Elo rating but
//    the other does not, the other rating will be assumed to be
//    same as the nonzero rating, up to a maximum of 2200.
int
sc_filter_freq (scidBaseT* dbase, const HFilter& filter, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * usage =
        "Usage: sc_filter freq baseId filterName date|elo|move <startDate|minElo|lowerhalfMove> [<endDate|maxElo|higherhalfMove>] [GuessElo]";

    bool eloMode = false;
    bool moveMode = false;
    bool guessElo = true;
    const char * options[] = { "date", "elo", "move", NULL };
    enum { OPT_DATE, OPT_ELO, OPT_MOVE };
    int option = -1;

    if (argc >= 6  &&  argc <= 8) {
        option = strUniqueMatch (argv[4], options);
    }
    switch (option) {
        case OPT_DATE: eloMode = false; break;
        case OPT_ELO: eloMode = true; break;
        case OPT_MOVE: moveMode = true; break;
        default: return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }

    dateT startDate = date_EncodeFromString (argv[5]);
    dateT endDate = DATE_MAKE (YEAR_MAX, 12, 31);
    uint minElo = strGetUnsigned (argv[5]);
    uint maxElo = MAX_ELO;
    uint maxMove, minMove;

    minMove = minElo;
    maxMove = minMove + 1;
    if (argc >= 7) {
        endDate = date_EncodeFromString (argv[6]);
        maxMove = maxElo = strGetUnsigned (argv[6]);
    }
    if (argc == 8) {
        guessElo = strGetUnsigned (argv[7]);
    }
    //Klimmek: define _NoEloGuess_: Do not guess Elo, else old behavior    
    if ( guessElo ) {
    // Double min/max Elos to avoid halving every mean Elo:
        minElo = minElo + minElo;
        maxElo = maxElo + maxElo + 1;
    }
    // Calculate frequencies in the specified date or rating range:
    uint filteredCount = 0;
    uint allCount = 0;

    if (eloMode) {
        for (uint gnum=0, n = dbase->numGames(); gnum < n; gnum++) {
            const IndexEntry* ie = dbase->getIndexEntry(gnum);
            if ( guessElo ) {
                uint wElo = ie->GetWhiteElo();
                uint bElo = ie->GetBlackElo();
                uint bothElo = wElo + bElo;
                if (wElo == 0  &&  bElo != 0) {
                    bothElo += (bElo > 2200 ? 2200 : bElo);
                } else if (bElo == 0  &&  wElo != 0) {
                    bothElo += (wElo > 2200 ? 2200 : wElo);
                }
                if (bothElo >= minElo  &&  bothElo <= maxElo) {
                    allCount++;
                    if (filter.get(gnum) != 0) {
                        filteredCount++;
                    }
                }
            } else {
                //Klimmek: if lowest Elo in the Range: count them
                uint mini = ie->GetWhiteElo();
                if ( mini > ie->GetBlackElo() ) mini = ie->GetBlackElo();
                if (mini < minElo  ||  mini >= maxElo)
                    continue;
                allCount++;
                if (filter.get(gnum) != 0) {
                    filteredCount++;
                }
            }
        }
    } else if ( moveMode ) {
        //Klimmek: count games with x Moves minMove=NumberHalfmove and maxMove Numberhalfmove+1
        for (uint gnum=0, n = dbase->numGames(); gnum < n; gnum++) {
            const IndexEntry* ie = dbase->getIndexEntry(gnum);
            uint move = ie->GetNumHalfMoves();
            if (move >= minMove  &&  move <= maxMove) {
                allCount++;
                if (filter.get(gnum) != 0) {
                    filteredCount++;
                }
            }
        }
    }
    else { // datemode
        for (uint gnum=0, n = dbase->numGames(); gnum < n; gnum++) {
            const IndexEntry* ie = dbase->getIndexEntry(gnum);
            dateT date = ie->GetDate();
            if (date >= startDate  &&  date <= endDate) {
                allCount++;
                if (filter.get(gnum) != 0) {
                    filteredCount++;
                }
            }
        }
    }
    appendUintElement (ti, filteredCount);
    appendUintElement (ti, allCount);
    return TCL_OK;
}

//TODO:
//This functions do not works because they do not specify the base, the filter and the sort criteria
//So for the moment we assume base=db, filter=dbFilter and sort=N+

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_filter_first:
//    Returns the game number of the first game in the filter,
//    or 0 if the filter is empty.
int
sc_filter_first (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
	for (uint gnum=0; gnum < db->numGames(); gnum++) {
		if (db->dbFilter->Get(gnum) == 0) continue;
		return setUintResult (ti, gnum +1);
	}
	return setUintResult (ti, 0);
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_filter_last:
//    Returns the game number of the last game in the filter,
//    or 0 if the filter is empty.
int
sc_filter_last (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
	long gnum = db->numGames();
	for (gnum--; gnum >= 0; gnum--) {
		if (db->dbFilter->Get(gnum) == 0) continue;
		return setUintResult (ti, gnum +1);
	}
	return setUintResult (ti, 0);
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_filter_next:
//    Returns number of next game in the filter.
int
sc_filter_next (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (db->inUse) {
        uint nextNumber = db->gameNumber + 1;
        while (nextNumber < db->numGames()) {
            if (db->dbFilter->Get(nextNumber) > 0) {
                return setUintResult (ti, nextNumber + 1);
            }
            nextNumber++;
        }
    }
    return setUintResult (ti, 0);
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_filter_prev:
//    Returns number of previous game in the filter.
int
sc_filter_prev (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (db->inUse) {
        int prevNumber = db->gameNumber - 1;
        while (prevNumber >= 0) {
            if (db->dbFilter->Get(prevNumber) > 0) {
                return setIntResult (ti, prevNumber + 1);
            }
            prevNumber--;
        }
    }
    return setUintResult (ti, 0);
}

//END TODO

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_filter_stats:
//    Returns statistics about the filter.
int
sc_filter_stats (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    enum {STATS_ALL, STATS_ELO, STATS_YEAR};

    if (argc < 2 || argc > 5) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_filter stats [all | elo <xx> | year <xx>]");
    }
    int statType = STATS_ALL;
    uint min = 0;
    uint max = 0;
    uint inv_max = 0;
    if (argc > 2) {
        if (argv[2][0] == 'e') { statType = STATS_ELO; }
        if (argv[2][0] == 'y') { statType = STATS_YEAR; }
    }
    if (statType == STATS_ELO  ||  statType == STATS_YEAR) {
        if (argc < 4) {
            return errorResult (ti, "Incorrect number of parameters.");
        }
        min = strGetUnsigned (argv[3]);
        max = strGetUnsigned (argv[4]);
        //Klimmek: +10000 workaround to trigger max elo in filter function
        if ( max > 10000 ) {
            max -= 10000;
            inv_max = 1;
        }
    }
    uint results[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0};
    uint total = 0;
    const HFilter filter = db->getFilter("dbfilter");
    for (uint i=0, n = db->numGames(); i < n; i++) {
        const IndexEntry* ie = db->getIndexEntry(i);
        if (filter.get(i)) {
            if ( max == 0 ) { //Old Statistic : 
                if (statType == STATS_ELO  &&
                    (ie->GetWhiteElo() < min  ||  ie->GetBlackElo() < min)) {
                    continue;
                }
                if (statType == STATS_YEAR
                    &&  date_GetYear(ie->GetDate()) < min) {
                    continue;
                }
            } else { //Klimmek:  new statistic: evaluation in intervals
                //count all games where player with highest Elo is in the specific range      
                if (statType == STATS_ELO ) {
                    if (inv_max) {
                        uint maxi = ie->GetWhiteElo();
                        if ( maxi < ie->GetBlackElo() ) maxi = ie->GetBlackElo();
                        if (maxi < min  ||  maxi >= max)
                            continue;
                    }
                    else {
                //count all games where player with lowest Elo is in the specific range      
                        uint mini = ie->GetWhiteElo();
                        if ( mini > ie->GetBlackElo() ) mini = ie->GetBlackElo();
                        if (mini < min  ||  mini >= max)
                            continue;
                    }
                }
                if (statType == STATS_YEAR
                    &&  ( date_GetYear(ie->GetDate()) < min || date_GetYear(ie->GetDate()) >= max) ) {
                    continue;
                }
            }
            results[ie->GetResult()]++;
            total++;
        }
    }
    char temp[80];
    uint percentScore = results[RESULT_White] * 2 + results[RESULT_Draw] +
        results[RESULT_None];
    percentScore = total ? percentScore * 500 / total : 0;
    sprintf (temp, "%7u %7u %7u %7u   %3u%c%u%%",
             total,
             results[RESULT_White],
             results[RESULT_Draw],
             results[RESULT_Black],
             percentScore / 10, decimalPointChar, percentScore % 10);
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
    return TCL_OK;
}

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///  GAME functions

int
sc_game (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    static const char * options [] = {
        "altered",    "setaltered", "crosstable", "eco",
        "find",       "firstMoves", "import",
        "info",        "load",      "merge",      "moves",
        "new",        "novelty",    "number",     "pgn",
        "pop",        "push",       "SANtoUCI",   "save",
        "scores",     "startBoard", "strip",      "summary",
        "tags",       "truncate",   "truncatefree",
        "undo",       "undoAll",    "undoPoint",  "redo",       NULL
    };
    enum {
        GAME_ALTERED,    GAME_SET_ALTERED, GAME_CROSSTABLE, GAME_ECO,
        GAME_FIND,       GAME_FIRSTMOVES, GAME_IMPORT,
        GAME_INFO,       GAME_LOAD,       GAME_MERGE,      GAME_MOVES,
        GAME_NEW,        GAME_NOVELTY,    GAME_NUMBER,     GAME_PGN,
        GAME_POP,        GAME_PUSH,       GAME_SANTOUCI,   GAME_SAVE,
        GAME_SCORES,     GAME_STARTBOARD, GAME_STRIP,      GAME_SUMMARY,
        GAME_TAGS,       GAME_TRUNCATE,   GAME_TRUNCATEANDFREE,
        GAME_UNDO,       GAME_UNDO_ALL,   GAME_UNDO_POINT, GAME_REDO
    };
    int index = -1;
    char old_language = 0;

    if (argc > 1) { index = strUniqueMatch (argv[1], options);}

    switch (index) {
    case GAME_ALTERED:
        return UI_Result(ti, OK, db->gameAltered);

    case GAME_SET_ALTERED:
        if (argc != 3 ) {
          return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_game setaltered [0|1]");
        }
        db->gameAltered = strGetUnsigned (argv[2]);
        break;
    case GAME_CROSSTABLE:
        return sc_game_crosstable (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_ECO:  // "sc_game eco" is equivalent to "sc_eco game"
        return sc_eco_game (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_FIND:
        return sc_game_find (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_FIRSTMOVES:
        return sc_game_firstMoves (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_IMPORT:
        return sc_game_import (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_INFO:
        return sc_game_info (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_LOAD:
        return sc_game_load (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_MERGE:
        return sc_game_merge (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_MOVES:
        return sc_game_moves (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_NEW:
        db->gameAlterations.clear();
        return sc_game_new (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_NOVELTY:
        return sc_game_novelty (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_NUMBER:
        return setUintResult (ti, db->gameNumber + 1);

    case GAME_PGN:
        return sc_game_pgn (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_POP:
        return sc_game_pop (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_PUSH:
        return sc_game_push (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_SANTOUCI:
        if (argc == 3) {
            Game* g = db->game->clone();
            PgnParser parser;
            parser.Reset (argv[2]);
            parser.SetEndOfInputWarnings (false);
            parser.SetResultWarnings (false);
            char buf [1000];
            errorT err = parser.ParseMoves (g, buf, 1000);
            if (parser.ErrorCount() > 0) err = ERROR_InvalidMove;
            if (err != OK) {
                delete g;
                return errorResult(ti, err);
            }
            buf[0] = 0;
            g->GetPrevMoveUCI(buf);
            delete g;
            return UI_Result(ti, OK, std::string(buf));
        }
        return errorResult(ti, "usage sc_game SANtoUCI move");

    case GAME_SAVE:
        return sc_game_save (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_SCORES:
        return sc_game_scores (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_STARTBOARD:
        return sc_game_startBoard (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_STRIP:
        return sc_game_strip (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_SUMMARY:
        return sc_game_summary (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_TAGS:
        return sc_game_tags (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case GAME_TRUNCATE:
        old_language = language;
        language = 0;
        if (argc > 2 && strIsPrefix (argv[2], "-start")) {
            // "sc_game truncate -start" truncates the moves up to the
            // current position:
            db->game->TruncateStart();
        } else {
            // Truncate from the current position to the end of the game
            db->game->Truncate();
        }
        db->gameAltered = true;
        language = old_language;
        break;
    case GAME_TRUNCATEANDFREE:
            old_language = language;
            language = 0;
           // Truncate from the current position to the end of the game
           // and free moves memory (to FreeList
            db->game->TruncateAndFree();
            language = old_language;
        break;
    case GAME_UNDO:
        if (argc > 2 && strCompare("size", argv[2]) == 0) {
            return UI_Result(ti, OK, (uint) db->gameAlterations.undoSize());
        }
        db->gameAlterations.undo(db->game);
        break;

    case GAME_UNDO_ALL:
        if (! db->gameAlterations.undoAll(db->game)) {
            db->gameAltered = false;
            db->gameAlterations.clear();
            if (db->gameNumber < 0) {
                db->game->Clear();
                return UI_Result(ti, OK);
            }
            const IndexEntry* ie = db->getIndexEntry(db->gameNumber);
            errorT err = db->getGame(ie, db->bbuf);
            if (err != OK) return UI_Result(ti, err);
            err = db->game->Decode (db->bbuf, GAME_DECODE_ALL);
            if (err != OK) return UI_Result(ti, err);
            db->game->LoadStandardTags (ie, db->getNameBase());
            db->game->MoveToPly(0);
            return UI_Result(ti, OK);
        }
        break;

    case GAME_UNDO_POINT:
        db->gameAlterations.store(db->game);
        break;

    case GAME_REDO:
        if (argc > 2 && strCompare("size", argv[2]) == 0) {
            return UI_Result(ti, OK, (uint) db->gameAlterations.redoSize());
        }
        db->gameAlterations.redo(db->game);
        break;

    default:
        return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_game", options);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// isCrosstableGame:
//    Returns true if the game with the specified index entry
//    is considered a crosstable game. It must have the specified
//    Event and Site, and a Date within the specified range or
//    have the specified non-zero EventDate.
static inline bool
isCrosstableGame (const IndexEntry* ie, idNumberT siteID, idNumberT eventID,
                  dateT eventDate)
{
    if (ie->GetSite() != siteID  ||  ie->GetEvent() != eventID) {
        return false;
    }
    dateT EventDate = ie->GetEventDate();
    if (eventDate != 0  && EventDate != 0 && EventDate != eventDate) {
        return false;
    }
    return true;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_crosstable:
//    Returns the crosstable for the current game.
int
sc_game_crosstable (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
#ifndef WINCE
    static const char * options [] = {
        "plain", "html", "hypertext", "latex", "filter", "count", NULL
    };
    enum {
        OPT_PLAIN, OPT_HTML, OPT_HYPERTEXT, OPT_LATEX, OPT_FILTER, OPT_COUNT
    };
    int option = -1;

    const char * usageMsg =
        "Usage: sc_game crosstable plain|html|hypertext|filter|count [name|rating|score|country] [allplay|swiss] [(+|-)(colors|countries|tallies|ratings|titles|groups|breaks|numcolumns)]";

    static const char * extraOptions [] = {
        "allplay", "knockout", "swiss", "auto",
        "name", "rating", "score", "country",
        "-ages", "+ages",               // Show player ages
        "-breaks", "+breaks",           // Show tiebreak scores
        "-colors", "+colors",           // Show game colors in Swiss table
        "-countries", "+countries",     // Show current countries
        "-tallies", "+tallies",
        "-ratings", "+ratings",         // Show Elo ratings
        "-titles", "+titles",           // Show FIDE titles
        "-groups", "+groups",           // Separate players into score groups
        "-deleted", "+deleted",         // Include deleted games in table
        "-numcolumns", "+numcolumns",   // All-play-all numbered columns
        "-gameNumber",
        "-threewin", "+threewin",       // Give 3 points for win, 1 for draw
        NULL
    };
    enum {
        EOPT_ALLPLAY, EOPT_KNOCKOUT, EOPT_SWISS, EOPT_AUTO,
        EOPT_SORT_NAME, EOPT_SORT_RATING, EOPT_SORT_SCORE, EOPT_SORT_COUNTRY,
        EOPT_AGES_OFF, EOPT_AGES_ON,
        EOPT_BREAKS_OFF, EOPT_BREAKS_ON,
        EOPT_COLORS_OFF, EOPT_COLORS_ON,
        EOPT_COUNTRIES_OFF, EOPT_COUNTRIES_ON,
        EOPT_TALLIES_OFF, EOPT_TALLIES_ON,
        EOPT_RATINGS_OFF, EOPT_RATINGS_ON,
        EOPT_TITLES_OFF, EOPT_TITLES_ON,
        EOPT_GROUPS_OFF, EOPT_GROUPS_ON,
        EOPT_DELETED_OFF, EOPT_DELETED_ON,
        EOPT_NUMCOLUMNS_OFF, EOPT_NUMCOLUMNS_ON,
        EOPT_GNUMBER,
        EOPT_THREEWIN_OFF, EOPT_THREEWIN_ON
    };

    int sort = EOPT_SORT_SCORE;
    crosstableModeT mode = CROSSTABLE_AllPlayAll;
    bool showAges = true;
    bool showColors = true;
    bool showCountries = true;
    bool showTallies = true;
    bool showRatings = true;
    bool showTitles = true;
    bool showBreaks = false;
    bool scoreGroups = false;
    bool useDeletedGames = false;
    bool numColumns = false;  // Numbers for columns in all-play-all table
    uint numTableGames = 0;
    uint gameNumber = 0;
    bool threewin = false;

    if (argc >= 3) { option = strUniqueMatch (argv[2], options); }
    if (option < 0) { return errorResult (ti, usageMsg); }

    for (int arg=3; arg < argc; arg++) {
        int extraOption = strUniqueMatch (argv[arg], extraOptions);
        switch (extraOption) {
            case EOPT_ALLPLAY:        mode = CROSSTABLE_AllPlayAll; break;
            case EOPT_KNOCKOUT:       mode = CROSSTABLE_Knockout;   break;
            case EOPT_SWISS:          mode = CROSSTABLE_Swiss;      break;
            case EOPT_AUTO:           mode = CROSSTABLE_Auto;       break;
            case EOPT_SORT_NAME:      sort = EOPT_SORT_NAME;   break;
            case EOPT_SORT_RATING:    sort = EOPT_SORT_RATING; break;
            case EOPT_SORT_SCORE:     sort = EOPT_SORT_SCORE;  break;
            case EOPT_SORT_COUNTRY:   sort = EOPT_SORT_COUNTRY;  break;
            case EOPT_AGES_OFF:       showAges = false;        break;
            case EOPT_AGES_ON:        showAges = true;         break;
            case EOPT_BREAKS_OFF:     showBreaks = false;      break;
            case EOPT_BREAKS_ON:      showBreaks = true;       break;
            case EOPT_COLORS_OFF:     showColors = false;      break;
            case EOPT_COLORS_ON:      showColors = true;       break;
            case EOPT_COUNTRIES_OFF:  showCountries = false;   break;
            case EOPT_COUNTRIES_ON:   showCountries = true;    break;
            case EOPT_TALLIES_OFF:    showTallies = false;     break;
            case EOPT_TALLIES_ON:     showTallies = true;      break;
            case EOPT_RATINGS_OFF:    showRatings = false;     break;
            case EOPT_RATINGS_ON:     showRatings = true;      break;
            case EOPT_TITLES_OFF:     showTitles = false;      break;
            case EOPT_TITLES_ON:      showTitles = true;       break;
            case EOPT_GROUPS_OFF:     scoreGroups = false;     break;
            case EOPT_GROUPS_ON:      scoreGroups = true;      break;
            case EOPT_DELETED_OFF:    useDeletedGames = false; break;
            case EOPT_DELETED_ON:     useDeletedGames = true;  break;
            case EOPT_NUMCOLUMNS_OFF: numColumns = false;      break;
            case EOPT_NUMCOLUMNS_ON:  numColumns = true;       break;
            case EOPT_GNUMBER:
                // Game number to print the crosstable for is
                // given in the next argument:
                if (arg+1 >= argc) { return errorResult (ti, usageMsg); }
                gameNumber = strGetUnsigned (argv[arg+1]);
                arg++;
                break;
            case EOPT_THREEWIN_OFF:  threewin = false ; break;
            case EOPT_THREEWIN_ON:   threewin = true  ; break;
            default: return errorResult (ti, usageMsg);
        }
    }
    if (!db->inUse) { return TCL_OK; }

    const char * newlineStr = "";
    switch (option) {
        case OPT_PLAIN:     newlineStr = "\n";     break;
        case OPT_HTML:      newlineStr = "<br>\n"; break;
        case OPT_HYPERTEXT: newlineStr = "<br>";   break;
        case OPT_LATEX:     newlineStr = "\\\\\n"; break;
    }

    // Load crosstable game if necessary:
    Game * g = db->game;
    if (gameNumber > 0) {
        g = scratchGame;
        g->Clear();
        if (gameNumber > db->numGames()) {
            return setResult (ti, "Invalid game number");
        }
        const IndexEntry* ie = db->getIndexEntry(gameNumber - 1);
        if (ie->GetLength() == 0) {
            return errorResult (ti, "Error: empty game file record.");
        }
        if (db->getGame(ie, db->bbuf) != OK) {
            return errorResult (ti, "Error reading game file.");
        }
        if (g->Decode (db->bbuf, GAME_DECODE_ALL) != OK) {
            return errorResult (ti, "Error decoding game.");
            }
        g->LoadStandardTags (ie, db->getNameBase());
    }

    idNumberT eventId = 0, siteId = 0;
    if (db->getNameBase()->FindExactName (NAME_EVENT, g->GetEventStr(), &eventId) != OK) {
        return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (db->getNameBase()->FindExactName (NAME_SITE, g->GetSiteStr(), &siteId) != OK) {
        return TCL_OK;
    }

    dateT eventDate = g->GetEventDate();
    dateT firstSeenDate = g->GetDate();
    dateT lastSeenDate = g->GetDate();

    Crosstable * ctable = new Crosstable;
    if (sort == EOPT_SORT_NAME) { ctable->SortByName(); }
    if (sort == EOPT_SORT_RATING) { ctable->SortByElo(); }
    if (sort == EOPT_SORT_COUNTRY) { ctable->SortByCountry(); }

    ctable->SetThreeWin(threewin);
    ctable->SetSwissColors (showColors);
    ctable->SetAges (showAges);
    ctable->SetCountries (showCountries);
    ctable->SetTallies (showTallies);
    ctable->SetElos (showRatings);
    ctable->SetTitles (showTitles);
    ctable->SetTiebreaks (showBreaks);
    ctable->SetSeparateScoreGroups (scoreGroups);
    ctable->SetDecimalPointChar (decimalPointChar);
    ctable->SetNumberedColumns (numColumns);

    switch (option) {
        case OPT_PLAIN:     ctable->SetPlainOutput();     break;
        case OPT_HTML:      ctable->SetHtmlOutput();      break;
        case OPT_HYPERTEXT: ctable->SetHypertextOutput(); break;
        case OPT_LATEX:     ctable->SetLaTeXOutput();     break;
    }

    // Find all games that should be listed in the crosstable:
    const SpellChecker* spell = spellChk;
    bool tableFullMessage = false;
    for (uint i=0, n = db->numGames(); i < n; i++) {
        const IndexEntry* ie = db->getIndexEntry(i);
        if (ie->GetDeleteFlag()  &&  !useDeletedGames) { continue; }
        if (! isCrosstableGame (ie, siteId, eventId, eventDate)) {
            continue;
        }
        idNumberT whiteId = ie->GetWhite();
        const char * whiteName = db->getNameBase()->GetName (NAME_PLAYER, whiteId);
        idNumberT blackId = ie->GetBlack();
        const char * blackName = db->getNameBase()->GetName (NAME_PLAYER, blackId);

        // Ensure we have two different players:
        if (whiteId == blackId) { continue; }

        // If option is OPT_FILTER, adjust the filter and continue &&&
        if (option == OPT_FILTER) {
            db->dbFilter->Set (i, 1);
            continue;
        }

        // If option is OPT_COUNT, increment game count and continue:
        if (option == OPT_COUNT) {
            numTableGames++;
            continue;
        }

        // Add the two players to the crosstable:
        if (ctable->AddPlayer (whiteId, whiteName, ie->GetWhiteElo(), spell) != OK  ||
            ctable->AddPlayer (blackId, blackName, ie->GetBlackElo(), spell) != OK)
        {
            if (! tableFullMessage) {
                tableFullMessage = true;
                Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "Warning: Player limit reached; table is incomplete\n\n", NULL);
            }
            continue;
        }

        uint round = strGetUnsigned (db->getNameBase()->GetName (NAME_ROUND, ie->GetRound()));
        dateT date = ie->GetDate();
        resultT result = ie->GetResult();
        ctable->AddResult (i+1, whiteId, blackId, result, round, date);
        if (date < firstSeenDate) { firstSeenDate = date; }
        if (date > lastSeenDate) { lastSeenDate = date; }
    }

    if (option == OPT_COUNT) {
        // Just return a count of the number of tournament games:
        delete ctable;
        return setUintResult (ti, numTableGames);
    }
    if (option == OPT_FILTER) {
        delete ctable;
        return TCL_OK;
    }
    if (ctable->NumPlayers() < 2) {
        delete ctable;
        return setResult (ti, "No crosstable for this game.");
    }

    if (option == OPT_LATEX) {
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "\\documentclass[10pt,a4paper]{article}\n\n",
                          "\\usepackage{a4wide}\n\n",
                          "\\begin{document}\n\n",
                          "\\setlength{\\parindent}{0cm}\n",
                          "\\setlength{\\parskip}{0.5ex}\n",
                          "\\small\n", NULL);
    }

    if (mode == CROSSTABLE_Auto) { mode = ctable->BestMode(); }

    // Limit all-play-all tables to 300 players:
    uint apaLimit = 300;
    if (mode == CROSSTABLE_AllPlayAll  &&
            ctable->NumPlayers() > apaLimit  &&
            !tableFullMessage) {
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "Warning: Too many players for all-play-all; try displaying as a swiss tournament.\n\n", NULL);
    }

    char stemp[1000];
    sprintf (stemp, "%s%s%s, ", g->GetEventStr(), newlineStr, g->GetSiteStr());
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, stemp, NULL);
    date_DecodeToString (firstSeenDate, stemp);
    strTrimDate (stemp);
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, stemp, NULL);
    if (lastSeenDate != firstSeenDate) {
        date_DecodeToString (lastSeenDate, stemp);
        strTrimDate (stemp);
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, " - ", stemp, NULL);
    }
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, newlineStr, NULL);

    eloT avgElo = ctable->AvgRating();
    if (avgElo > 0  &&  showRatings) {
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, translate (ti, "AverageRating", "Average Rating"),
                          ": ", NULL);
        appendUintResult (ti, avgElo);
        uint category = ctable->FideCategory (avgElo);
        if (category > 0  &&  mode == CROSSTABLE_AllPlayAll) {
            sprintf (stemp, "  (%s %u)",
                     translate (ti, "Category", "Category"), category);
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, stemp, NULL);
        }
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, newlineStr, NULL);
    }

    DString * dstr = new DString;
    if (mode != CROSSTABLE_AllPlayAll) { apaLimit = 0; }
    ctable->PrintTable (dstr, mode, apaLimit, db->gameNumber+1);

    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, dstr->Data(), NULL);
    if (option == OPT_LATEX) {
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "\n\\end{document}\n", NULL);
    }
    delete ctable;
    delete dstr;
#endif
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_find:
//    Returns the game number of the game in that current database
//    that best matches the specified number, player names, site,
//    round, year and result.
//    This command is used primarily to locate a bookmarked game in
//    a database where the number may be inaccurate due to database
//    sorting or compaction.
int
sc_game_find (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 9) {
        return errorResult (ti, "sc_game_find: Incorrect parameters");
    }

    uint gnum = strGetUnsigned (argv[2]);
    if (gnum == 0) { return setUintResult (ti, 0); }
    gnum--;
    const char * whiteStr = argv[3];
    const char * blackStr = argv[4];
    const char * siteStr = argv[5];
    const char * roundStr = argv[6];
    uint year = strGetUnsigned(argv[7]);
    resultT result = strGetResult (argv[8]);

    idNumberT white, black, site, round;
    white = black = site = round = 0;
    db->getNameBase()->FindExactName (NAME_PLAYER, whiteStr, &white);
    db->getNameBase()->FindExactName (NAME_PLAYER, blackStr, &black);
    db->getNameBase()->FindExactName (NAME_SITE, siteStr, &site);
    db->getNameBase()->FindExactName (NAME_ROUND, roundStr, &round);

    // We give each game a "score" which is 1 for each matching field.
    // So the best possible score is 6.

    // First, check if the specified game number matches all fields:
    if (db->numGames() > gnum) {
        uint score = 0;
        const IndexEntry* ie = db->getIndexEntry(gnum);
        if (ie->GetWhite() == white) { score++; }
        if (ie->GetBlack() == black) { score++; }
        if (ie->GetSite() == site) { score++; }
        if (ie->GetRound() == round) { score++; }
        if (ie->GetYear() == year) { score++; }
        if (ie->GetResult() == result) { score++; }
        if (score == 6) { return setUintResult (ti, gnum+1); }
    }

    // Now look for the best matching game:
    uint bestNum = 0;
    uint bestScore = 0;

    for (uint i=0, n = db->numGames(); i < n; i++) {
        uint score = 0;
        const IndexEntry* ie = db->getIndexEntry(i);
        if (ie->GetWhite() == white) { score++; }
        if (ie->GetBlack() == black) { score++; }
        if (ie->GetSite() == site) { score++; }
        if (ie->GetRound() == round) { score++; }
        if (ie->GetYear() == year) { score++; }
        if (ie->GetResult() == result) { score++; }
        // Update if the best score, favouring the specified game number
        // in the case of a tie:
        if (score > bestScore  ||  (score == bestScore  &&  gnum == i)) {
            bestScore = score;
            bestNum = i;
        }
        // Stop now if the best possible match is found:
        if (score == 6) { break; }
    }
    return setUintResult (ti, bestNum + 1);
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_firstMoves:
//    get the first few moves of the specified game as  a text line.
//    E.g., "sc_game firstMoves 4" might return "1.e4 e5 2.Nf3 Nf6"
int
sc_game_firstMoves (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_game firstMoves <numMoves>");
    }
    if (!db->inUse) {
        return errorResult (ti, errMsgNotOpen(ti));
    }

    int plyCount = strGetInteger (argv[2]);
    // Check plyCount is a reasonable value, or set it to current plycount.
    if (plyCount < 0)  plyCount = db->game->GetCurrentPly();
    if (plyCount == 0) plyCount = 1;

    DString dstr;
    db->game->GetPartialMoveList (&dstr, plyCount);
    return UI_Result(ti, OK, std::string(dstr.Data()));
}

int
sc_game_import (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_game import <pgn-text>");
    }
    PgnParser parser (argv[2]);
    errorT err = parser.ParseGame (db->game);
    if (err == ERROR_NotFound) {
        // No PGN header tags were found, so try just parsing moves:
        db->game->Clear();
        parser.Reset (argv[2]);
        parser.SetEndOfInputWarnings (false);
        parser.SetResultWarnings (false);
        err = parser.ParseMoves (db->game);
    }
    db->gameAltered = true;
    if (err == OK  &&  parser.ErrorCount() == 0) {
        return setResult (ti, "PGN text imported with no errors or warnings.");
    }
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "Errors/warnings importing PGN text:\n\n",
                          parser.ErrorMessages(), NULL);
    if (err == ERROR_NotFound) {
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "ERROR: No PGN header tag (e.g. ",
                          "[Result \"1-0\"]) found.", NULL);
    }
    return (err == OK ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR);
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// probe_tablebase:
//    Probes the tablebases for the current position, and returns
//    the score, a descriptive score with optimal moves, or just a
//    (random) optimal move.
bool
probe_tablebase (Tcl_Interp * ti, int mode, DString * dstr)
{
    int score = 0;
    bool showResult = false;
    bool showSummary = false;
    bool fullReport = false;
    bool optimalMoves = false;
    colorT toMove = db->game->GetCurrentPos()->GetToMove();

    switch (mode) {
    case PROBE_RESULT:
        showResult = true;
        break;
    case PROBE_SUMMARY:
        showResult = true;
        showSummary = true;
        break;
    case PROBE_REPORT:
        fullReport = true;
        break;
    case PROBE_OPTIMAL:
        optimalMoves = true;
        break;
    default:
        return false;
    }

    if (scid_TB_Probe (db->game->GetCurrentPos(), &score) != OK) {
        if (! fullReport) { return false; }
    }

    Position * gamePos = NULL;
    bool moveFound [MAX_LEGAL_MOVES] = {0};
    int moveScore [MAX_LEGAL_MOVES] = {0};
    bool movePrinted [MAX_LEGAL_MOVES] = {0};
    uint winCount = 0;
    uint drawCount = 0;
    uint lossCount = 0;
    uint unknownCount = 0;
    
    MoveList moveList;
    sanListT sanList;
    gamePos = db->game->GetCurrentPos();
    gamePos->GenerateMoves (&moveList);
    gamePos->CalcSANStrings (&sanList, SAN_CHECKTEST);

    if (showSummary  ||  fullReport  ||  optimalMoves) {
        Position scratchPos = *gamePos;

        for (uint i=0; i < moveList.Size(); i++) {
            simpleMoveT * smPtr = moveList.Get(i);
            scratchPos.DoSimpleMove (smPtr);
            moveFound[i] = false;
            movePrinted[i] = false;
            int newScore = 0;
            if (scid_TB_Probe (&scratchPos, &newScore) == OK) {
                moveFound[i] = true;
                moveScore[i] = newScore;
                if (newScore < 0) {
                    winCount++;
                } else if (newScore == 0) {
                    drawCount++;
                } else {
                    lossCount++;
                }
            } else {
                unknownCount++;
            }
            scratchPos.UndoSimpleMove (smPtr);
        }
    }

    // Optimal moves mode: return only the optimal moves, nothing else.
    if (optimalMoves) {
        uint count = 0;
        for (uint i=0; i < moveList.Size(); i++) {
            if ((score >= 0  &&  moveScore[i] == -score)  ||
                (score < 0  &&  moveScore[i] == -score - 1)) {
                if (count > 0) { dstr->Append (" "); }
                dstr->Append (sanList.list[i]);
                count++;
            }
        }
        return true;
    }

    if (fullReport) {
        char tempStr [80];
        sprintf (tempStr, "+:%u  =:%u  -:%u  ?:%u",
                 winCount, drawCount, lossCount, unknownCount);
        dstr->Append (tempStr);
        int prevScore = -9999999;   // Lower than any possible TB score
        bool first = true;

        while (1) {
            bool found = false;
            uint index = 0;
            int bestScore = 0;
            const char * bestMove = "";
            for (uint i=0; i < moveList.Size(); i++) {
                if (movePrinted[i]) { continue; }
                if (! moveFound[i]) { continue; }
                int newScore = - moveScore[i];
                if (!found  ||
                    (newScore > 0 && bestScore <= 0)  ||
                    (newScore > 0 && newScore < bestScore)  ||
                    (newScore == 0 && bestScore < 0)  ||
                    (newScore < 0 && bestScore < 0 && newScore < bestScore)  ||
                    (newScore == bestScore &&
                     strCompare (bestMove, sanList.list[i]) > 0) ) {
                    found = true;
                    index = i;
                    bestScore = newScore;
                    bestMove = sanList.list[i];
                }
            }
            if (!found) { break; }
            movePrinted[index] = true;
            if (first ||
                (bestScore > 0  && prevScore < 0)  ||
                (bestScore == 0 && prevScore != 0)  ||
                (bestScore < 0  && prevScore >= 0)) {
                dstr->Append ("\n");
                first = false;
                const char * tag = NULL;
                const char * msg = NULL;
                if (bestScore > 0) {
                    tag = "WinningMoves"; msg = "Winning moves";
                } else if (bestScore < 0) {
                    tag = "LosingMoves"; msg = "Losing moves";
                } else {
                    tag = "DrawingMoves"; msg = "Drawing moves";
                }
                dstr->Append ("\n", translate(ti, tag, msg), ":");
            }
            if (bestScore != prevScore) {
                if (bestScore > 0) {
                    sprintf (tempStr, " +%3d   ", bestScore);
                } else if (bestScore == 0) {
                    strCopy (tempStr, " =      ");
                } else {
                    sprintf (tempStr, " -%3d   ", -bestScore);
                }
                dstr->Append ("\n", tempStr);
            } else {
                dstr->Append (", ");
            }
            prevScore = bestScore;
            dstr->Append (bestMove);
        }
        if (unknownCount > 0) {
            dstr->Append ("\n\n");
            dstr->Append (translate (ti, "UnknownMoves", "Unknown-result moves"));
            dstr->Append (":\n ?      ");
            bool firstUnknown = true;
            while (1) {
                bool found = false;
                const char * bestMove = "";
                uint index = 0;
                for (uint i=0; i < moveList.Size(); i++) {
                    if (!moveFound[i]  && !movePrinted[i]) {
                        if (!found  ||
                            strCompare (bestMove, sanList.list[i]) > 0) {
                            found = true;
                            bestMove = sanList.list[i];
                            index = i;
                        }
                    }
                }
                if (!found) { break; }
                movePrinted[index] = true;
                if (!firstUnknown) {
                    dstr->Append (", ");
                }
                firstUnknown = false;
                dstr->Append (bestMove);
            }
        }
        dstr->Append ("\n");
        return true;
    }

    if (score == 0) {
        // Print drawn tablebase position info:
        if (showResult) {
            dstr->Append ("= [", translate (ti, "Draw"));
        }
        if (showSummary) {
            uint drawcount = 0;
            uint losscount = 0;
            const char * drawlist [MAX_LEGAL_MOVES];
            const char * losslist [MAX_LEGAL_MOVES];

            for (uint i=0; i < moveList.Size(); i++) {
                if (moveFound[i]) {
                    if (moveScore[i] == 0) {
                        drawlist[drawcount] = sanList.list[i];
                        drawcount++;
                    } else {
                        losslist[losscount] = sanList.list[i];
                        losscount++;
                    }
                }
            }
            if (moveList.Size() == 0) {
                dstr->Append (" (", translate (ti, "stalemate"), ")");
            } else if (drawcount == moveList.Size()) {
                dstr->Append (" ", translate (ti, "withAllMoves"));
            } else if (drawcount == 1) {
                dstr->Append (" ", translate (ti, "with"));
                dstr->Append (" ", drawlist[0]);
            } else if (drawcount+1 == moveList.Size() && losscount==1) {
                dstr->Append (" ", translate (ti, "withAllButOneMove"));
            } else if (drawcount > 0) {
                dstr->Append (" ", translate (ti, "with"), " ");
                dstr->Append (drawcount);
                dstr->Append (" ");
                if (drawcount == 1) {
                    dstr->Append (translate (ti, "move"));
                } else {
                    dstr->Append (translate (ti, "moves"));
                }
                dstr->Append (": ");
                for (uint m=0; m < drawcount; m++) {
                    if (m < 3) {
                        if (m > 0) { dstr->Append (", "); }
                        dstr->Append (drawlist[m]);
                    }
                }
                if (drawcount > 3) { dstr->Append (", ..."); }
            }
            if (losscount > 0) {
                dstr->Append (" (");
                if (losscount == 1) {
                    if (losscount+drawcount == moveList.Size()) {
                        dstr->Append (translate (ti, "only"), " ");
                    }
                    dstr->Append (losslist[0], " ", translate (ti, "loses"));
                } else if (drawcount < 4  &&
                           drawcount+losscount == moveList.Size()) {
                    dstr->Append (translate (ti, "allOthersLose"));
                } else {
                    dstr->Append (losscount);
                    dstr->Append (" ", translate (ti, "lose"), ": ");
                    for (uint m=0; m < losscount; m++) {
                        if (m < 3) {
                            if (m > 0) { dstr->Append (", "); }
                            dstr->Append (losslist[m]);
                        }
                    }
                    if (losscount > 3) { dstr->Append (", ..."); }
                }
                dstr->Append (")");
            }
        }
        if (showResult) { dstr->Append ("]"); }

    } else if (score > 0) {
        // Print side-to-move-mates tablebase info:
        if (showResult) {
            char temp[200];
            sprintf (temp, "%s:%d [%s %s %d",
                     toMove == WHITE ? "+-" : "-+", score,
                     translate (ti, toMove == WHITE ? "White" : "Black"),
                     translate (ti, "matesIn"), score);
            dstr->Append (temp);
        }

        // Now show all moves that mate optimally.
        // This requires generating all legal moves, and trying each
        // to find its tablebase score; optimal moves will have
        // the condition (new_score == -old_score).

        if (showSummary) {
            uint count = 0;

            for (uint i=0; i < moveList.Size(); i++) {
                if (moveFound[i]  &&  moveScore[i] == -score) {
                    count++;
                    if (count == 1) {
                        dstr->Append (" ", translate (ti, "with"), ": ");
                    } else {
                        dstr->Append (", ");
                    }
                    dstr->Append (sanList.list[i]);
                }
            }
        }
        if (showResult) { dstr->Append ("]"); }

    } else {
        // Score is negative so side to move is LOST:
        if (showResult) {
            char tempStr [80];
            if (score == -1) {
                sprintf (tempStr, "# [%s %s %s",
                         translate (ti, toMove == WHITE ? "Black" : "White"),
                         translate (ti, "hasCheckmated"),
                         translate (ti, toMove == WHITE ? "White" : "Black"));
            } else {
                sprintf (tempStr, "%s:%d [%s %s %d",
                         toMove == WHITE ? "-+" : "+-", -1 - score,
                         translate (ti, toMove == WHITE ? "Black" : "White"),
                         translate (ti, "matesIn"),
                         -1 - score);
            }
            dstr->Append (tempStr);
        }

        // Now show all moves that last optimally.
        // This requires generating all legal moves, and trying
        // each to find its tablebase score; optimal moves will
        // have the condition (new_score == (-old_score - 1)).

        if (showSummary) {
            uint count = 0;
            for (uint i=0; i < moveList.Size(); i++) {
                if (moveFound[i]  &&  moveScore[i] == (-score - 1)) {
                    count++;
                    dstr->Append (", ");
                    if (count == 1) {
                        dstr->Append (translate (ti, "longest"), ": ");
                    }
                    dstr->Append (sanList.list[i]);
                }
            }
        }
        if (showResult) { dstr->Append ("]"); }
    }

    return true;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_info:
//    Return the Game Info string for the active game.
//    The returned text includes color codes.
int
sc_game_info (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    bool hideNextMove = false;
    bool showMaterialValue = false;
    bool showFEN = false;
    uint commentWidth = 50;
    uint commentHeight = 1;
    bool fullComment = false;
    uint showTB = 2;  // 0 = no TB output, 1 = score only, 2 = best moves.
    char temp[1024];
    char tempTrans[10];

    int arg = 2;
    while (arg < argc) {
        if  (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "-hideNextMove")) {
            if (arg+1 < argc) {
                arg++;
                hideNextMove = strGetBoolean(argv[arg]);
            }
        } else if  (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "-materialValue")) {
            if (arg+1 < argc) {
                arg++;
                showMaterialValue = strGetBoolean(argv[arg]);
            }
        } else if  (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "-tb")) {
            if (arg+1 < argc) {
                arg++;
                showTB = strGetUnsigned(argv[arg]);
            }
        } else if  (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "-fen")) {
            if (arg+1 < argc) {
                arg++;
                showFEN = strGetBoolean(argv[arg]);
            }
        } else if  (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "-cfull")) {
            // Show full comment:
            if (arg+1 < argc) {
                arg++;
                fullComment = strGetBoolean(argv[arg]);
                if (fullComment) {
                    commentWidth = 99999;
                    commentHeight = 99999;
                }
            }
        } else if  (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "-cwidth")) {
            if (arg+1 < argc) {
                arg++;
                commentWidth = strGetBoolean(argv[arg]);
            }
        } else if  (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "-cheight")) {
            if (arg+1 < argc) {
                arg++;
                commentHeight = strGetBoolean(argv[arg]);
            }
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "white")) {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, db->game->GetWhiteStr(), NULL);
            return TCL_OK;
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "welo")) {
            return setIntResult (ti, db->game->GetWhiteElo() );
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "black")) {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, db->game->GetBlackStr(), NULL);
            return TCL_OK;
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "belo")) {
            return setIntResult (ti, db->game->GetBlackElo() );
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "event")) {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, db->game->GetEventStr(), NULL);
            return TCL_OK;
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "site")) {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, db->game->GetSiteStr(), NULL);
            return TCL_OK;
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "round")) {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, db->game->GetRoundStr(), NULL);
            return TCL_OK;
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "date")) {
            char dateStr [12];
            date_DecodeToString (db->game->GetDate(), dateStr);
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, dateStr, NULL);
            return TCL_OK;
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "year")) {
            return setUintResult (ti, date_GetYear (db->game->GetDate()));
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "result")) {
            return setResult (ti, RESULT_STR[db->game->GetResult()]);
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "nextMove")) {
            db->game->GetSAN (temp);
            strcpy(tempTrans, temp);
            transPieces(tempTrans);
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, tempTrans, NULL);
            return TCL_OK;
// nextMoveNT is the same as nextMove, except that the move is not translated
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "nextMoveNT")) {
            db->game->GetSAN (temp);
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
            return TCL_OK;
// returns next move played in UCI format
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "nextMoveUCI")) {
          db->game->GetNextMoveUCI (temp);
          Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
          return TCL_OK;
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "previousMove")) {
            db->game->GetPrevSAN (temp);
            strcpy(tempTrans, temp);
            transPieces(tempTrans);
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, tempTrans, NULL);
            return TCL_OK;
// previousMoveNT is the same as previousMove, except that the move is not translated
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "previousMoveNT")) {
            db->game->GetPrevSAN (temp);
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
            return TCL_OK;
// returns previous move played in UCI format
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "previousMoveUCI")) {
            db->game->GetPrevMoveUCI (temp);
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
            return TCL_OK;
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "duplicate")) {
            uint dupGameNum = db->getDuplicates(db->gameNumber);
            return setUintResult (ti, dupGameNum);
        }
        arg++;
    }

    const char * gameStr = translate (ti, "game");
    sprintf (temp, "%c%s %u:  <pi %s>%s</pi>", toupper(gameStr[0]),
             gameStr + 1, db->gameNumber + 1,
             db->game->GetWhiteStr(), db->game->GetWhiteStr());
    if (db->game->FindExtraTag("WhiteCountry") != NULL) {
       sprintf (temp, "%s (%s)", temp, db->game->FindExtraTag("WhiteCountry"));

       //--- using img code causes scid to segfault in tcl (?!)
       // sprintf (temp, "%s <img flag_%c%c%c>", temp, 
       //       tolower(db->game->FindExtraTag("WhiteCountry")[0]),
       //       tolower(db->game->FindExtraTag("WhiteCountry")[1]),
       //       tolower(db->game->FindExtraTag("WhiteCountry")[2])
       //       );
    }

    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
    eloT elo = db->game->GetWhiteElo();
    bool eloEstimated = false;
    if (elo == 0) {
        elo = db->game->GetWhiteEstimateElo();
        eloEstimated = true;
    }
    if (elo != 0) {
        sprintf (temp, " <red>%u%s</red>", elo, eloEstimated ? "*" : "");
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
    }
    sprintf (temp, "  --  <pi %s>%s</pi>",
             db->game->GetBlackStr(), db->game->GetBlackStr());
    if (db->game->FindExtraTag("BlackCountry") != NULL) {
       sprintf (temp, "%s (%s)", temp, db->game->FindExtraTag("BlackCountry"));

       //--- using img code causes scid to segfault in tcl (?!)
       // sprintf (temp, "%s <img flag_%c%c%c>", temp, 
       //       tolower(db->game->FindExtraTag("BlackCountry")[0]),
       //       tolower(db->game->FindExtraTag("BlackCountry")[1]),
       //       tolower(db->game->FindExtraTag("BlackCountry")[2])
       //       );
    }
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
    elo = db->game->GetBlackElo();
    eloEstimated = false;
    if (elo == 0) {
        elo = db->game->GetBlackEstimateElo();
        eloEstimated = true;
    }
    if (elo != 0) {
        sprintf (temp, " <red>%u%s</red>", elo, eloEstimated ? "*" : "");
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
    }

    if (hideNextMove) {
        sprintf (temp, "<br>(%s: %s)",
                 translate (ti, "Result"), translate (ti, "hidden"));
    } else {
        sprintf (temp, "<br>%s <red>(%u)</red>",
                 RESULT_LONGSTR[db->game->GetResult()],
                 (db->game->GetNumHalfMoves() + 1) / 2);
    }
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);

    if (db->game->GetEco() != 0) {
        ecoStringT fullEcoStr;
        eco_ToExtendedString (db->game->GetEco(), fullEcoStr);
        ecoStringT basicEcoStr;
        strCopy (basicEcoStr, fullEcoStr);
        if (strLength(basicEcoStr) >= 4) { basicEcoStr[3] = 0; }
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "   <blue><run ::windows::eco::Refresh ",
                          basicEcoStr, ">", fullEcoStr,
                          "</run></blue>", NULL);
    }
    char dateStr[20];
    date_DecodeToString (db->game->GetDate(), dateStr);
    strTrimDate (dateStr);
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "   <red>", dateStr, "</red>", NULL);

    if (db->gameNumber >= 0) {
        // Check if this game is deleted or has other user-settable flags:
        const IndexEntry* ie = db->getIndexEntry(db->gameNumber);
        if (ie->GetDeleteFlag()) {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "   <gray>(",
                              translate (ti, "deleted"), ")</gray>", NULL);
        }
        char userFlags[16];
        if (ie->GetFlagStr (userFlags, NULL) != 0) {
            // Print other flags set for this game:
            const char * flagStr = userFlags;
            // Skip over "D" for Deleted, as it is indicated above:
            if (*flagStr == 'D') { flagStr++; }
            if (*flagStr != 0) {
                Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "   <gray>(",
                                  translate (ti, "flags", "flags"),
                                  ": ", flagStr, NULL);
                int flagCount = 0;
                while (*flagStr != 0) {
                    const char * flagName = NULL;
                    switch (*flagStr) {
                        case 'W': flagName = "WhiteOpFlag"; break;
                        case 'B': flagName = "BlackOpFlag"; break;
                        case 'M': flagName = "MiddlegameFlag"; break;
                        case 'E': flagName = "EndgameFlag"; break;
                        case 'N': flagName = "NoveltyFlag"; break;
                        case 'P': flagName = "PawnFlag"; break;
                        case 'T': flagName = "TacticsFlag"; break;
                        case 'Q': flagName = "QsideFlag"; break;
                        case 'K': flagName = "KsideFlag"; break;
                        case '!': flagName = "BrilliancyFlag"; break;
                        case '?': flagName = "BlunderFlag"; break;
                        case 'U': flagName = "UserFlag"; break;
                    }
                    if (flagName != NULL) {
                        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, (flagCount > 0 ? ", " : " - "),
                                          translate (ti, flagName), NULL);
                    }
                    flagCount++;
                    flagStr++;
                }
                Tcl_AppendResult (ti, ")</gray>", NULL);
            }
        }

        if (db->game->FindExtraTag("Bib") != NULL) {
           Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "  <red><run ::Bibliography::ShowRef>Bib</run></red>", NULL);
        }

        // Check if this game has a twin (duplicate):
        if (db->getDuplicates(db->gameNumber) != 0) {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "   <blue><run updateTwinChecker>(",
                              translate (ti, "twin"), ")</run></blue>", NULL);
        }
    }
    sprintf (temp, "<br><gray><run ::crosstab::Open>%s:  %s</run> (%s)</gray><br>",
             db->game->GetSiteStr(),
             db->game->GetEventStr(),
             db->game->GetRoundStr());
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);

    char san [20];
    byte * nags;
    colorT toMove = db->game->GetCurrentPos()->GetToMove();
    uint moveCount = db->game->GetCurrentPos()->GetFullMoveCount();
    uint prevMoveCount = moveCount;
    if (toMove == WHITE) { prevMoveCount--; }

    db->game->GetPrevSAN (san);
    strcpy(tempTrans, san);
    transPieces(tempTrans);
    bool printNags = true;
    if (san[0] == 0) {
        strCopy (temp, "(");
        strAppend (temp, db->game->GetVarLevel() == 0 ?
                   translate (ti, "GameStart", "Start of game") :
                   translate (ti, "LineStart", "Start of line"));
        strAppend (temp, ")");
        printNags = false;
    } else {
        sprintf (temp, "<run ::move::Back>%u.%s%s</run>",
                 prevMoveCount, toMove==WHITE ? ".." : "", tempTrans);//san);
        printNags = true;
    }
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, translate (ti, "LastMove", "Last move"), NULL);
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, ": <darkblue>", temp, "</darkblue>", NULL);
    nags = db->game->GetNags();
    if (printNags  &&  *nags != 0  &&  !hideNextMove) {
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "<red>", NULL);
        for (uint nagCount = 0 ; nags[nagCount] != 0; nagCount++) {
            char nagstr[20];
            game_printNag (nags[nagCount], nagstr, true, PGN_FORMAT_Plain);
            if (nagCount > 0  ||  (nagstr[0] != '!' && nagstr[0] != '?')) {
                Tcl_AppendResult (ti, " ", NULL);
            }
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, nagstr, NULL);
        }
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "</red>", NULL);
    }

    // Now print next move:

    db->game->GetSAN (san);
    strcpy(tempTrans, san);
    transPieces(tempTrans);
    if (san[0] == 0) {
        strCopy (temp, "(");
        strAppend (temp, db->game->GetVarLevel() == 0 ?
                   translate (ti, "GameEnd", "End of game") :
                   translate (ti, "LineEnd", "End of line"));
        strAppend (temp, ")");
        printNags = false;
    } else if (hideNextMove) {
        sprintf (temp, "%u.%s(", moveCount, toMove==WHITE ? "" : "..");
        strAppend (temp, translate (ti, "hidden"));
        strAppend (temp, ")");
        printNags = false;
    } else {
        sprintf (temp, "<run ::move::Forward>%u.%s%s</run>",
                 moveCount, toMove==WHITE ? "" : "..", tempTrans);//san);
        printNags = true;
    }
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "   ", translate (ti, "NextMove", "Next"), NULL);
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, ": <darkblue>", temp, "</darkblue>", NULL);
    nags = db->game->GetNextNags();
    if (printNags  &&  !hideNextMove  &&  *nags != 0) {
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "<red>", NULL);
        for (uint nagCount = 0 ; nags[nagCount] != 0; nagCount++) {
            char nagstr[20];
            game_printNag (nags[nagCount], nagstr, true, PGN_FORMAT_Plain);
            if (nagCount > 0  ||  (nagstr[0] != '!' && nagstr[0] != '?')) {
                Tcl_AppendResult (ti, " ", NULL);
            }
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, nagstr, NULL);
        }
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "</red>", NULL);
    }

    if (db->game->GetVarLevel() > 0) {
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "   <green><run sc_var exit; updateBoard -animate>",
                          "(<lt>-Var)", "</run></green>", NULL);
    }

    if (showMaterialValue) {
        uint mWhite = db->game->GetCurrentPos()->MaterialValue (WHITE);
        uint mBlack = db->game->GetCurrentPos()->MaterialValue (BLACK);
        sprintf (temp, "    <gray>(%u-%u", mWhite, mBlack);
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
        if (mWhite > mBlack) {
            sprintf (temp, ":+%u", mWhite - mBlack);
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
        } else if (mBlack > mWhite) {
            sprintf (temp, ":-%u", mBlack - mWhite);
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
        }
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, ")</gray>", NULL);
    }

    // Print first few variations if there are any:

    uint varCount = db->game->GetNumVariations();
    if (!hideNextMove  &&  varCount > 0) {
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "<br>", translate (ti, "Variations"), ":", NULL);
        for (uint vnum = 0; vnum < varCount && vnum < 5; vnum++) {
            char s[20];
            db->game->MoveIntoVariation (vnum);
            db->game->GetSAN (s);
            strcpy(tempTrans, s);
            transPieces(tempTrans);
            sprintf (temp, "   <run sc_var enter %u; updateBoard -animate>v%u",
                     vnum, vnum+1);
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "<green>", temp, "</green>: ", NULL);
            if (s[0] == 0) {
                sprintf (temp, "<darkblue>(empty)</darkblue>");
            } else {
                sprintf (temp, "<darkblue>%u.%s%s</darkblue>",
                         moveCount, toMove == WHITE ? "" : "..", tempTrans);//s);
            }
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
            byte * firstNag = db->game->GetNextNags();
            if (*firstNag >= NAG_GoodMove  &&  *firstNag <= NAG_DubiousMove) {
                game_printNag (*firstNag, s, true, PGN_FORMAT_Plain);
                Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "<red>", s, "</red>", NULL);
            }
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "</run>", NULL);
            db->game->MoveExitVariation ();
        }
    }

    // Check if this move has a comment:

    if (db->game->GetMoveComment() != NULL) {
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "<br>", translate(ti, "Comment"),
                          " <green><run makeCommentWin>", NULL);
        char * str = strDuplicate(db->game->GetMoveComment());
        strTrimMarkCodes (str);
        const char * s = str;
        uint len;
        uint lines = 0;
        // Add the first commentWidth characters of the comment, up to
        // the first commentHeight lines:
        for (len = 0; len < commentWidth; len++, s++) {
            char ch = *s;
            if (ch == 0) { break; }
            if (ch == '\n') {
                lines++;
                if (lines >= commentHeight) { break; }
                Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "<br>", NULL);
            } else if (ch == '<') {
                Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "<lt>", NULL);
            } else if (ch == '>') {
                Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "<gt>", NULL);
            } else {
                appendCharResult (ti, ch);
            }
        }
        // Complete the current comment word and add "..." if necessary:
        if (len == commentWidth) {
            char ch = *s;
            while (ch != ' '  &&  ch != '\n'  &&  ch != 0) {
                appendCharResult (ti, ch);
                s++;
                ch = *s;
            }
            if (ch != 0) {
                Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "...", NULL);
            }
        }
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "</run></green>", NULL);
#ifdef WINCE
        my_Tcl_Free((char*) str);
#else
        delete[] str;
#endif
    }

    // Probe tablebases:

    if (!hideNextMove) {
        DString * tbStr = new DString;
        if (probe_tablebase (ti, showTB, tbStr)) {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "<br>TB: <blue><run ::tb::open>",
                              tbStr->Data(), "</run></blue>", NULL);
        }
        delete tbStr;
    }

    // Now check ECO book for the current position:
    if (ecoBook) {
        DString ecoComment;
        if (ecoBook->FindOpcode (db->game->GetCurrentPos(), "eco",
                                 &ecoComment) == OK) {
            ecoT eco = eco_FromString (ecoComment.Data());
            ecoStringT estr;
            eco_ToExtendedString (eco, estr);
            uint len = strLength (estr);
            if (len >= 4) { estr[3] = 0; }
            DString * tempDStr = new DString;
            translateECO (ti, ecoComment.Data(), tempDStr);
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "<br>ECO:  <blue><run ::windows::eco::Refresh ",
                              estr, ">", tempDStr->Data(),
                              "</run></blue>", NULL);
            delete tempDStr;
        }
    }
    if (showFEN) {
        char boardStr [200];
        db->game->GetCurrentPos()->PrintFEN (boardStr, FEN_ALL_FIELDS);
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "<br><gray>", boardStr, "</gray>", NULL);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_load:
//    Takes a game number and loads the game
int
sc_game_load (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (!db->inUse) {
        return errorResult (ti, errMsgNotOpen(ti));
    }
    if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_game load <gameNumber>");
    }

    db->gameAlterations.clear();
    
    db->bbuf->Empty();
    uint gnum = strGetUnsigned (argv[2]);

    // Check the game number is valid::
    if (gnum < 1  ||  gnum > db->numGames()) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Invalid game number.");
    }

    // We number games from 0 internally, so subtract one:
    gnum--;
    const char * corruptMsg = "Sorry, this game appears to be corrupt.";

    const IndexEntry* ie = db->getIndexEntry(gnum);

    if (db->getGame(ie, db->bbuf) != OK) {
        return errorResult (ti, corruptMsg);
    }
    if (db->game->Decode (db->bbuf, GAME_DECODE_ALL) != OK) {
        return errorResult (ti, corruptMsg);
    }

    if (db->dbFilter->Get(gnum) > 0) {
        db->game->MoveToPly(db->dbFilter->Get(gnum) - 1);
    } else {
        db->game->MoveToPly(0);
    }

    db->game->LoadStandardTags (ie, db->getNameBase());
    db->gameNumber = gnum;
    db->gameAltered = false;
    return OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_merge:
//    Merge the specified game into a variation from the current
//    game position.
int
sc_game_merge (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * usage = "Usage: sc_game merge <baseNum> <gameNum> [<endPly>]";
    if (argc < 4  ||  argc > 5) { return errorResult (ti, usage); }

    const scidBaseT* base = DBasePool::getBase(strGetUnsigned(argv[2]));
    if (base == 0) return UI_Result(ti, ERROR_FileNotOpen);

    uint gnum = strGetUnsigned (argv[3]);
    uint endPly = 9999;     // Defaults to huge number for all moves.
    if (argc == 5) { endPly = strGetUnsigned (argv[4]); }

    if (gnum < 1  ||  gnum > base->numGames()) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Invalid game number.");
    }
    // Number games from 0 internally:
    gnum--;

    // Check that the specified game can be merged:
    if (base == db  &&  (int)gnum == db->gameNumber) {
        return errorResult (ti, "This game cannot be merged into itself.");
    }
    if (db->game->AtStart()  &&  db->game->AtEnd()) {
        return errorResult (ti, "The current game has no moves.");
    }
    if (db->game->HasNonStandardStart()) {
        return errorResult (ti, "The current game has a non-standard start position.");
    }

    // Load the merge game:

    const IndexEntry* ie = base->getIndexEntry(gnum);
    base->bbuf->Empty();
    if (base->getGame(ie, base->bbuf) != OK) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Error loading game.");
    }
    Game * merge = scratchGame;
    merge->Clear();
    if (merge->Decode (base->bbuf, GAME_DECODE_NONE) != OK) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Error decoding game.");
    }
    merge->LoadStandardTags (ie, base->getNameBase());
    if (merge->HasNonStandardStart()) {
        return errorResult (ti, "The merge game has a non-standard start position.");
    }

    // Set up an array of all the game positions in the merge game:
    uint nMergePos = merge->GetNumHalfMoves() + 1;
    typedef char compactBoardStr [36];
    compactBoardStr * mergeBoards = new compactBoardStr [nMergePos];
    merge->MoveToPly (0);
    for (uint i=0; i < nMergePos; i++) {
        merge->GetCurrentPos()->PrintCompactStr (mergeBoards[i]);
        merge->MoveForward();
    }

    // Now find the deepest position in the current game that occurs
    // in the merge game:
    db->game->MoveToPly (0);
    uint matchPly = 0;
    uint mergePly = 0;
    uint ply = 0;
    bool done = false;
    while (!done) {
        if (db->game->MoveForward() != OK) { done = true; }
        ply++;
        compactBoardStr currentBoard;
        db->game->GetCurrentPos()->PrintCompactStr (currentBoard);
        for (uint n=0; n < nMergePos; n++) {
            if (strEqual (currentBoard, mergeBoards[n])) {
                matchPly = ply;
                mergePly = n;
            }
        }
    }

    delete [] mergeBoards;

    // Now the games match at the locations matchPly in the current
    // game and mergePly in the merge game.
    // Create a new variation and add merge-game moves to it:
    db->game->MoveToPly (matchPly);
    bool atLastMove = db->game->AtEnd();
    simpleMoveT * sm = NULL;
    if (atLastMove) {
        // At end of game, so remember final game move for replicating
        // at the start of the variation:
        db->game->MoveBackup();
        sm = db->game->GetCurrentMove();
        db->game->MoveForward();
    }
    db->game->MoveForward();
    db->game->AddVariation();
    db->gameAltered = true;
    if (atLastMove) {
        // We need to replicate the last move of the current game.
        db->game->AddMove (sm, NULL);
    }
    merge->MoveToPly (mergePly);
    ply = mergePly;
    while (ply < endPly) {
        simpleMoveT * mergeMove = merge->GetCurrentMove();
        if (merge->MoveForward() != OK) { break; }
        if (mergeMove == NULL) { break; }
        if (db->game->AddMove (mergeMove, NULL) != OK) { break; }
        ply++;
    }

    // Finally, add a comment describing the merge-game details:
    DString * dstr = new DString;
    dstr->Append (RESULT_LONGSTR[ie->GetResult()]);
    if (ply < merge->GetNumHalfMoves()) {
        dstr->Append ("(", (merge->GetNumHalfMoves()+1) / 2, ")");
    }
    dstr->Append (" ", ie->GetWhiteName (base->getNameBase()));
    eloT elo = ie->GetWhiteElo();
    if (elo > 0) { dstr->Append (" (", elo, ")"); }
    dstr->Append (" - ");
    dstr->Append (ie->GetBlackName (base->getNameBase()));
    elo = ie->GetBlackElo();
    if (elo > 0) { dstr->Append (" (", elo, ")"); }
    dstr->Append (" / ", ie->GetEventName (base->getNameBase()));
    dstr->Append (" (", ie->GetRoundName (base->getNameBase()), ")");
    dstr->Append (", ", ie->GetSiteName (base->getNameBase()));
    dstr->Append (" ", ie->GetYear());
    db->game->SetMoveComment ((char *) dstr->Data());
    delete dstr;

    // And exit the new variation:
    db->game->MoveExitVariation();
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_moves:
//    Return a string of the moves reaching the current game position.
//    Optional arguments: "coord" for coordinate notation (1 move per line);
//    "nomoves" for standard algebraic without move numbers.
//    Default output is standard algebraic with move numbers.
int
sc_game_moves (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    bool sanFormat = true;
    bool printMoves = true;
    bool listFormat = false;
    const uint MAXMOVES = 500;
#ifdef WINCE
    sanStringT * moveStrings = (sanStringT * ) my_Tcl_Alloc(sizeof( sanStringT [MAXMOVES]));
#else
    sanStringT * moveStrings = new sanStringT [MAXMOVES];
#endif
    uint plyCount = 0;
    Game * g = db->game;
    for (int arg = 2; arg < argc; arg++) {
        if (argv[arg][0] == 'c') { sanFormat = false; }
        if (argv[arg][0] == 'n') { printMoves = false; }
        if (argv[arg][0] == 'l') { printMoves = false; }
    }

    g->SaveState();
    while (! g->AtStart()) {
        if (g->AtVarStart()) {
            g->MoveExitVariation();
            continue;
        }
        g->MoveBackup();
        simpleMoveT * sm = g->GetCurrentMove();
        if (sm == NULL) { break; }
        char * s = moveStrings[plyCount];
        if (sanFormat) {
            g->GetSAN (s);
        } else {
            *s++ = square_FyleChar(sm->from);
            *s++ = square_RankChar(sm->from);
            *s++ = square_FyleChar(sm->to);
            *s++ = square_RankChar(sm->to);
            if (sm->promote != EMPTY) {
                *s++ = piece_Char (piece_Type (sm->promote));
            }
            *s = 0;
        }
        plyCount++;
        if (plyCount == MAXMOVES) {
            // Too many moves, just give up:
            g->RestoreState();
#ifdef WINCE
            my_Tcl_Free((char*) moveStrings);
#else
            delete[] moveStrings;
#endif

            return TCL_OK;
        }
    }
    g->RestoreState();
    uint count = 0;
    for (uint i = plyCount; i > 0; i--, count++) {
        char move [20];
        if (sanFormat) {
            move[0] = 0;
            if (printMoves  &&  (count % 2 == 0)) {
                sprintf (move, "%u.", (count / 2) + 1);
            }
            strAppend (move, moveStrings[i - 1]);
        } else {
            strCopy (move, moveStrings [i - 1]);
        }
        if (listFormat) {
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, move);
        } else {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, (count == 0 ? "" : " "), move, NULL);
        }
    }
#ifdef WINCE
    my_Tcl_Free((char*) moveStrings);
#else
    delete[] moveStrings;
#endif
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_new:
//    Clears the current game.
int
sc_game_new (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    db->game->Clear();
    db->gameNumber = -1;
    db->gameAltered = false;
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_novelty:
//    Finds the first move in the current game (after the deepest
//    position found in the ECO book) that reaches a position not
//    found in the selected database. It then moves to that point
//    in the game and returns a text string of the move.
int
sc_game_novelty (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * usage =
        "Usage: sc_game novelty [-older] base";

    bool olderGamesOnly = false;

    int baseArg = 2;
    if (argc >= baseArg
        &&  argv[baseArg][0] == '-'  &&  argv[baseArg][1] == 'o'
        &&  strIsPrefix (argv[baseArg], "-older")) {
        olderGamesOnly = true;
        baseArg++;
    }
    if (argc < baseArg  ||  argc > baseArg+1) return errorResult(ti, usage);
    scidBaseT* base = DBasePool::getBase(strGetInteger (argv[baseArg]));
    if (base == 0) return UI_Result(ti, ERROR_BadArg);

    // First, move to the deepest ECO position in the game.
    // This code is adapted from sc_eco_game().
    Game* g = base->game;
    if (ecoBook) {
        while (g->MoveForward() == OK) {}
        DString ecoStr;
        while (ecoBook->FindOpcode (g->GetCurrentPos(), "eco", &ecoStr) != OK) {
            if (g->MoveBackup() != OK) break;
        }
    }

    // Now keep doing an exact position search (ignoring the current
    // game) and skipping to the next game position whenever a match
    // is found, until a position not in any database game is reached:
    Progress progress = UI_CreateProgress(ti);
    std::string filtername = base->newFilter();
    HFilter filter = base->getFilter(filtername.c_str());
    dateT currentDate = g->GetDate();
    while (g->MoveForward() == OK) {
        SearchPos(g->GetCurrentPos()).setFilter(base, filter, Progress());
        int count = 0;
        for (uint i=0, n = base->numGames(); i < n; i++) {
            if (filter.get(i) == 0) continue;

            // Ignore newer games if requested:
            if (olderGamesOnly) {
                if (base->getIndexEntry(i)->GetDate() >= currentDate) continue;
            }
            if (count++ != 0) break;
        }

        if (count <= 1) { // Novelty found
            base->deleteFilter(filtername.c_str());
            return UI_Result(ti, OK, g->GetCurrentPly());
        }

        if (!progress.report(g->GetCurrentPly() +1, g->GetNumHalfMoves())) {
            base->deleteFilter(filtername.c_str());
            return UI_Result(ti, ERROR_UserCancel);
        }
    }

    base->deleteFilter(filtername.c_str());
    return UI_Result(ti, OK, -1);
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_pgn:
//    Returns the PGN representation of the game.
//    Optional args:
//      -format (plain|html|latex): output format. Default=plain.
//      -shortHeader (0|1): short, 3-line (non-PGN) header. Default=0.
//      -space (0|1): printing a space after move numbers. Default=0.
//      -tags (0|1): printing (nonstandard) tags. Default=1.
//      -comments (0|1): printing nags/comments. Default=1.
//      -variations (0|1): printing variations. Default=1.
//      -indentVars (0|1): indenting variations. Default=0.
//      -indentComments (0|1): indenting comments. Default=0.
//      -width (number): line length for wordwrap. Default=huge (99999),
//        to let a Tk text widget do its own line-breaking.
//      -base (number): Print the game from the numbered base.
//      -gameNumber (number): Print the numbered game instead of the
//        active game.
//      -unicode (0|1): use unicocde characters (e.g. U+2654 for king). Default=0.
int
sc_game_pgn (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    static const char * options [] = {
        "-column", "-comments", "-base", "-gameNumber", "-format",
        "-shortHeader", "-indentComments", "-indentVariations",
        "-symbols", "-tags", "-variations", "-width", "-space",
        "-markCodes", "-unicode",
        NULL
    };
    enum {
        OPT_COLUMN, OPT_COMMENTS, OPT_BASE, OPT_GAME_NUMBER, OPT_FORMAT,
        OPT_SHORT_HDR, OPT_INDENT_COMMENTS, OPT_INDENT_VARS,
        OPT_SYMBOLS, OPT_TAGS, OPT_VARS, OPT_WIDTH, OPT_SPACE,
        OPT_NOMARKS, OPT_UNICODE,
    };

    const scidBaseT* base = db;
    Game * g = db->game;
    uint lineWidth = 99999;
    g->ResetPgnStyle();
    g->SetPgnFormat (PGN_FORMAT_Plain);
    g->AddPgnStyle (PGN_STYLE_TAGS | PGN_STYLE_COMMENTS | PGN_STYLE_VARS);

    // Parse all the command options:
    // Note that every option takes a value so options/values always occur
    // in pairs, which simplifies the code.

    int thisArg = 2;
    while (thisArg < argc) {
        int index = strUniqueMatch (argv[thisArg], options);
        if (index == -1) {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "Invalid option to sc_game pgn: ",
                              argv[thisArg], "; valid options are: ", NULL);
            for (const char ** s = options; *s != NULL; s++) {
                Tcl_AppendResult (ti, *s, " ", NULL);
            }
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }

        // Check that our option has a value:
        if (thisArg+1 == argc) {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "Invalid option value: sc_game pgn ",
                              options[index], " requires a value.", NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }

        uint value = strGetUnsigned (argv[thisArg+1]);

        if (index == OPT_WIDTH) {
            lineWidth = value;

        } else if (index == OPT_BASE) {
            base = DBasePool::getBase(value);
            if (base == 0) return UI_Result(ti, ERROR_FileNotOpen);
            g = base->game;

        } else if (index == OPT_GAME_NUMBER) {
            // Print the numbered game instead of the active game:

            g = scratchGame;
            g->Clear();
            if (value < 1  ||  value > base->numGames()) {
                return setResult (ti, "Invalid game number");
            }
            const IndexEntry* ie = base->getIndexEntry(value - 1);
            if (ie->GetLength() == 0) {
                return errorResult (ti, "Error: empty game file record.");
            }
            if (base->getGame(ie, base->bbuf) != OK) {
                return errorResult (ti, "Error reading game file.");
            }
            if (g->Decode (base->bbuf, GAME_DECODE_ALL) != OK) {
                return errorResult (ti, "Error decoding game.");
            }
            g->LoadStandardTags (ie, base->getNameBase());

        } else if (index == OPT_FORMAT) {
            // The option value should be "plain", "html" or "latex".
            if (! g->SetPgnFormatFromString (argv[thisArg+1])) {
                return errorResult (ti, "Invalid -format option.");
            }

        } else {
            // The option is a boolean affecting pgn style:
            uint bitmask = 0;
            switch (index) {
                case OPT_COLUMN:
                    bitmask = PGN_STYLE_COLUMN;        break;
                case OPT_COMMENTS:
                    bitmask = PGN_STYLE_COMMENTS;        break;
                case OPT_SYMBOLS:
                    bitmask = PGN_STYLE_SYMBOLS;         break;
                case OPT_TAGS:
                    bitmask = PGN_STYLE_TAGS;            break;
                case OPT_VARS:
                    bitmask = PGN_STYLE_VARS;            break;
                case OPT_SHORT_HDR:
                    bitmask = PGN_STYLE_SHORT_HEADER;    break;
                case OPT_SPACE:
                    bitmask = PGN_STYLE_MOVENUM_SPACE;   break;
                case OPT_INDENT_VARS:
                    bitmask = PGN_STYLE_INDENT_VARS;     break;
                case OPT_INDENT_COMMENTS:
                    bitmask = PGN_STYLE_INDENT_COMMENTS; break;
                case OPT_NOMARKS:
                    bitmask = PGN_STYLE_STRIP_MARKS;     break;
                case OPT_UNICODE:
                    bitmask = PGN_STYLE_UNICODE;         break;
                default: // unreachable!
                    return errorResult (ti, "Invalid option.");
            };
            if (bitmask > 0) {
                if (value) {
                    g->AddPgnStyle (bitmask);
                } else {
                    g->RemovePgnStyle (bitmask);
                }
            }
        }
        thisArg += 2;
    }

    std::pair<const char*, unsigned> pgnBuf = g->WriteToPGN(lineWidth);
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, pgnBuf.first, NULL);
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_pop:
//    Restores the last game saved with sc_game_push.
int
sc_game_pop (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (db->game->GetNextGame() != NULL) {
        Game * g = db->game->GetNextGame();
        delete db->game;
        db->gameAltered = g->GetAltered();
        db->game = g;
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_push:
//    Saves the current game and pushes a new empty game onto
//    the game state stack.
//    If the optional argument "copy" is present, the new game will be
//    a copy of the current game.
int
sc_game_push (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    bool copy = false;
    
    if ( argc > 2 && !strcmp( argv[2], "copy" ) ) {
        copy = true;
    }
    else if ( argc > 2 && !strcmp( argv[2], "copyfast" ) ) {
        copy = true;
    }

    Game* g = (copy) ? db->game->clone() : new Game;
    g->SetNextGame (db->game);
    db->game->SetAltered (db->gameAltered);
    db->game = g;
    db->gameAltered = false;

    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_save:
//    Saves the current game. If the parameter is 0, a NEW
//    game is added; otherwise, that game number is REPLACED.
int
sc_game_save (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    scidBaseT * dbase = db;
    Game* currGame = db->game;
    if (argc == 4) {
        dbase = DBasePool::getBase(strGetUnsigned(argv[3]));
        if (dbase == 0) return errorResult (ti, "Invalid database number.");
    } else if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_game save <gameNumber> [targetbaseId]");
    }

    currGame->SaveState ();
    gamenumT gnum = strGetUnsigned (argv[2]);
    if (gnum <= 0) gnum = IDX_NOT_FOUND;
    else gnum--;
    errorT res = dbase->saveGame(currGame, true, gnum);
    currGame->RestoreState ();
    if (res == OK) {
        if (gnum == IDX_NOT_FOUND && db == dbase) {
            // Saved new game, so set gameNumber to the saved game number:
            db->gameNumber = db->numGames() - 1;
        }
        db->gameAltered = false;
    }

    return UI_Result(ti, res);;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// addScoreToList:
//    Called by sc_game_scores to check a comment for a numeric
//    evaluation (a score), and add it to the list result for the
//    specified Tcl interpreter if a score is found.
//
static bool
addScoreToList (Tcl_Interp * ti, int moveCounter, const char * comment,
                bool negate, float min, float max)
{
    char buffer[1024];
    if (comment == NULL) { return false; }
    const char* avoid_overflow = comment;
    while (*comment != 0  &&  *comment != '+'  &&  *comment != '-') {
        comment++;
    }
    if (*comment == 0  ||
        ! isdigit(static_cast<unsigned char>(*(comment+1)))) {
        return false;
    }
    //Klimmek: ignore game results like 1-0 or 0-1 in a comment
    if (*comment == '-' && comment != avoid_overflow &&
        isdigit(static_cast<unsigned char>(*(comment-1)))) {
        return false;
    }
    // OK, now we have found "+[digit]" or "-[digit]" in the comment,
    // so extract its evaluation and add it to our list:
    sprintf (buffer, "%.1f", (float)moveCounter * 0.5);
    Tcl_AppendElement (ti, buffer);
    float f;
    sscanf (comment, "%f", &f);
    if (negate) { f = -f; }
    if (f < min) { f = min; }
    if (f > max) { f = max; }
    sprintf (buffer, "%.2f", f);
    Tcl_AppendElement (ti, buffer);
    return true;
}


//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_scores:
//    Returns a Tcl list of the numeric scores of each move, as found
//    in the comment for each move.
//    A score is a number with the format
//        "+digits.digits" or
//        "-digits.digits"
//    found somewhere in the comment of the move, OR the comment of the
//    first variation of the move.
//
//    In this way, both Scid annotations which have the form
//        1.e4 {"+0.13: ...."} e5 ...
//    and those produced by crafty's annotate command which have the form
//        1.e4 ({7:+0.12} ...) e5 ...
//    are recognised. The latter form (comments in variations) had the score
//    from the perspective of the side to move in Crafty versions 17 and
//    older, but now have the score always from White's perspective, since
//    version 18.
//
//    The list returned should be read in pairs of values: the first is the
//    move (0.0 = start, 0.5 after White's first move, 1.0 after Black's
//    first move, etc) and the second is the value found.
//
int
sc_game_scores (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    int moveCounter = 0;
    float max = 10.0;
    float min = -max;
    bool inv_w = false;
    bool inv_b = false;
    
    if (argc == 3) {
        max = atof (argv[2]);
        min = -max;
    }
    // Klimmek: check Invertflags
    else if (argc == 4) {
        inv_w = atoi (argv[2]);
        inv_b = atoi (argv[3]);
    }

    Game * g = db->game;
    g->SaveState ();
    g->MoveToPly (0);
    while (g->MoveForward() == OK) {
        moveCounter++;
        const char * comment = g->GetMoveComment();
        // Klimmek: use invertflags
        if (addScoreToList (ti, moveCounter, comment, moveCounter % 2 ? inv_b : inv_w, min, max)) {
            continue;
        }
        // Now try finding a score in the comment at the start of the
        // first variation:
        if (g->GetNumVariations() > 0) {
            g->MoveIntoVariation (0);
            comment = g->GetMoveComment();
            addScoreToList (ti, moveCounter, comment,
                            //false,
                            // For the annotate format of crafty before v18,
                            // replace "false" above with:
                                 moveCounter % 2 ? inv_b : inv_w,
                            min, max);
            g->MoveExitVariation();
        }
    }
    db->game->RestoreState ();
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_startBoard:
//    Sets the starting position from a FEN string.
//    If there is no FEN string argument, a boolean value is
//    returned indicating whether the current game starts with
//    a setup position.
int
sc_game_startBoard (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc == 2) {
        return UI_Result(ti, OK, db->game->HasNonStandardStart());
    } else if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_game startBoard <fenString>");
    }
    const char * str = argv[2];
    Position scratchPos;
    if (strIsPrefix ("random:", str)) {
        // A "FEN" string that starts with "random:" is interpreted as a
        // material configuration, and a random position with this
        // set of material is generated. For example, "random:krpkr"
        // generates a random legal Rook+Pawn-vs-Rook position.
        if (scratchPos.Random (str+7) != OK) {
            return errorResult (ti, "Invalid material string.");
        }
    } else {
        if (scratchPos.ReadFromFEN (str) != OK) {
            if (scratchPos.ReadFromLongStr (str) != OK) {
                return errorResult (ti, "Invalid FEN string.");
            }
        }
        // ReadFromFEN checks that there is one king of each side, but it
        // does not check that the position is actually legal:
        if (! scratchPos.IsLegal()) {
            // Illegal position! Find out why to return a useful error:
           squareT wk = scratchPos.GetKingSquare (WHITE);
           squareT bk = scratchPos.GetKingSquare (BLACK);
           if (square_Adjacent (wk, bk)) {
               return errorResult (ti, "Illegal position: adjacent kings.");
           }
           // No adjacent kings, so enemy king must be in check.
           return errorResult (ti, "Illegal position: enemy king in check.");
        }
    }
    db->game->SetStartPos(&scratchPos);
    db->gameAltered = true;
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_strip:
//    Strips all comments, variations or annotations from a game.
int
sc_game_strip (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * usage =
        "Usage: sc_game strip [comments|variations]";

    const char * options[] = { "comments", "variations", NULL };
    enum { OPT_COMS, OPT_VARS };

    // we need to switch off short header style or PGN parsing will not work
    uint  old_style = db->game->GetPgnStyle ();
    if (old_style & PGN_STYLE_SHORT_HEADER)
      db->game->SetPgnStyle (PGN_STYLE_SHORT_HEADER, false);
    
    db->game->AddPgnStyle (PGN_STYLE_TAGS);
    db->game->AddPgnStyle (PGN_STYLE_COMMENTS);
    db->game->AddPgnStyle (PGN_STYLE_VARS);
    db->game->SetPgnFormat (PGN_FORMAT_Plain);

    int index = -1;
    if (argc == 3) { index = strUniqueMatch (argv[2], options); }

    switch (index) {
        case OPT_COMS: db->game->RemovePgnStyle (PGN_STYLE_COMMENTS); break;
        case OPT_VARS: db->game->RemovePgnStyle (PGN_STYLE_VARS); break;
        default: return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }

    int old_lang = language;
    language = 0;
    std::pair<const char*, unsigned> pgnBuf = db->game->WriteToPGN();
    PgnParser parser;
    parser.Reset (pgnBuf.first);
    scratchGame->Clear();
    if (parser.ParseGame (scratchGame)) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Error: unable to strip this game.");
    }
    parser.Reset (pgnBuf.first);
    db->game->Clear();
    parser.ParseGame (db->game);

    // Restore PGN style (Short header)
    if (old_style & PGN_STYLE_SHORT_HEADER) 
      db->game->SetPgnStyle (PGN_STYLE_SHORT_HEADER, true);
    
    db->gameAltered = true;
    language = old_lang;
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_summary:
//    Returns summary information of the specified game:
//    its players, site, etc; or its moves; or all its boards
//    positions.
int
sc_game_summary (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * usage = "Usage: sc_game summary [-base <baseNum>] [-gameNumber <gameNum>] header|boards|moves";

    const char * options[] = {
        "-base", "-gameNumber", NULL
    };
    enum { OPT_BASE, OPT_GNUM };

    const scidBaseT* base = db;
    uint gnum = 0;

    int arg = 2;
    while (arg+1 < argc) {
        const char * value = argv[arg+1];
        int index = strUniqueMatch (argv[arg], options);
        arg += 2;

        if (index == OPT_BASE) {
            base = DBasePool::getBase(strGetUnsigned(value));
            if (base == 0) return UI_Result(ti, ERROR_FileNotOpen);
        } else if (index == OPT_GNUM) {
            gnum = strGetUnsigned (value);
        } else {
            return errorResult (ti, usage);
        }
    }
    if (arg+1 != argc) { return errorResult (ti, usage); }

    enum modeT { MODE_HEADER, MODE_BOARDS, MODE_MOVES };
    modeT mode = MODE_HEADER;
    switch (tolower(argv[arg][0])) {
        case 'h': mode = MODE_HEADER; break;
        case 'b': mode = MODE_BOARDS; break;
        case 'm': mode = MODE_MOVES; break;
        default: return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }

    Game * g = scratchGame;
    if (gnum == 0) {
        g = base->game;
    } else {
        // Load the specified game number:
        if (! base->inUse) {
            return errorResult (ti, "This database is not in use.");
        }
        if (gnum > base->numGames()) {
            return errorResult (ti, "Invalid game number.");
        }
        gnum--;
        const IndexEntry* ie = base->getIndexEntry(gnum);
        base->bbuf->Empty();
        if (base->getGame(ie, base->bbuf) != OK) {
            return errorResult (ti, "Error loading game.");
        }
        g->Clear();
        if (g->Decode (base->bbuf, GAME_DECODE_NONE) != OK) {
            return errorResult (ti, "Error decoding game.");
        }
        g->LoadStandardTags (ie, base->getNameBase());
    }

    // Return header summary if requested:
    if (mode == MODE_HEADER) {
        DString * dstr = new DString;
        dstr->Append (g->GetWhiteStr());
        eloT elo = g->GetWhiteElo();
        if (elo > 0) { dstr->Append (" (", elo, ")"); }
        dstr->Append ("  --  ", g->GetBlackStr());
        elo = g->GetBlackElo();
        if (elo > 0) { dstr->Append (" (", elo, ")"); }
        dstr->Append ("\n", g->GetEventStr());
        const char * round = g->GetRoundStr();
        if (! strIsUnknownName(round)) {
            dstr->Append (" (", round, ")");
        }
        dstr->Append ("  ", g->GetSiteStr(), "\n");
        char dateStr [20];
        date_DecodeToString (g->GetDate(), dateStr);
        // Remove ".??" or ".??.??" from end of date:
        if (dateStr[4] == '.'  &&  dateStr[5] == '?') { dateStr[4] = 0; }
        if (dateStr[7] == '.'  &&  dateStr[8] == '?') { dateStr[7] = 0; }
        dstr->Append (dateStr, "  ");
        dstr->Append (RESULT_LONGSTR[g->GetResult()]);
        ecoT eco = g->GetEco();
        if (eco != 0) {
            ecoStringT ecoStr;
            eco_ToExtendedString (eco, ecoStr);
            dstr->Append ("  ", ecoStr);
        }
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, dstr->Data(), NULL);
        delete dstr;
        return TCL_OK;
    }

    // Here, a list of the boards or moves is requested:
    g->SaveState();
    g->MoveToPly (0);
    while (1) {
        if (mode == MODE_BOARDS) {
            char boardStr[100];
            g->GetCurrentPos()->MakeLongStr (boardStr);
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, boardStr);
        } else {
            colorT toMove = g->GetCurrentPos()->GetToMove();
            uint moveCount = g->GetCurrentPos()->GetFullMoveCount();
            char san [20];
            g->GetSAN (san);
            if (san[0] != 0) {
                char temp[40];
                if (toMove == WHITE) {
                    sprintf (temp, "%u.%s", moveCount, san);
                } else {
                    strCopy (temp, san);
                }
                byte * nags = g->GetNextNags();
                if (*nags != 0) {
                    for (uint nagCount = 0 ; nags[nagCount] != 0; nagCount++) {
                        char nagstr[20];
                        game_printNag (nags[nagCount], nagstr, true,
                                       PGN_FORMAT_Plain);
                        if (nagCount > 0  ||
                              (nagstr[0] != '!' && nagstr[0] != '?')) {
                            strAppend (temp, " ");
                        }
                        strAppend (temp, nagstr);
                    }
                }
                Tcl_AppendElement (ti, temp);
            } else {
                Tcl_AppendElement (ti, (char *)RESULT_LONGSTR[g->GetResult()]);
            }
        }
        if (g->MoveForward() != OK) { break; }
    }

    g->RestoreState();
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_tags:
//   Get, set or reload the current game tags, or share them
//   with another game.
int
sc_game_tags (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * options[] = {
        "get", "set", "reload", "share", NULL
    };
    enum { OPT_GET, OPT_SET, OPT_RELOAD, OPT_SHARE };

    int index = -1;
    if (argc >= 3) { index = strUniqueMatch (argv[2], options); }

    switch (index) {
        case OPT_GET:    return sc_game_tags_get (cd, ti, argc, argv);
        case OPT_SET:
          return sc_game_tags_set (cd, ti, argc, argv);
        case OPT_RELOAD: return sc_game_tags_reload (cd, ti, argc, argv);
        case OPT_SHARE:  return sc_game_tags_share (cd, ti, argc, argv);
        default:         return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_game tags", options);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_tags_get:
//    Gets a tag for the active game given its name.
//    Valid names are:  Event, Site, Date, Round, White, Black,
//       WhiteElo, BlackElo, ECO, Extra.
//    All except the last (Extra) return the tag value as a string.
//    For "Extra", the function returns all the extra tags as one long
//    string, in PGN format, one tag per line.
int
sc_game_tags_get (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{

    static const char * options [] = {
        "Event", "Site", "Date", "Year", "Month", "Day",
        "Round", "White", "Black", "Result", "WhiteElo",
        "BlackElo", "WhiteRType", "BlackRType", "ECO",
        "EDate", "EYear", "EMonth", "EDay", "Extra",
        NULL
    };
    enum {
        T_Event, T_Site, T_Date, T_Year, T_Month, T_Day,
        T_Round, T_White, T_Black, T_Result, T_WhiteElo,
        T_BlackElo, T_WhiteRType, T_BlackRType, T_ECO,
        T_EDate, T_EYear, T_EMonth, T_EDay, T_Extra
    };

    const char * usage = "Usage: sc_game tags get [-last] <tagName>";
    const char * tagName;
    Game * g = db->game;

    if (argc < 4  ||  argc > 5) {
        return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }
    tagName = argv[3];
    if (argc == 5) {
        if (!strEqual (argv[3], "-last")) { return errorResult (ti, usage); }
        tagName = argv[4];
        if (db->numGames() > 0) {
            g = scratchGame;
            const IndexEntry* ie = db->getIndexEntry(db->numGames() - 1);
            if (db->getGame(ie, db->bbuf) != OK) {
                return errorResult (ti, "Error reading game file.");
            }
            if (g->Decode (db->bbuf, GAME_DECODE_ALL) != OK) {
                return errorResult (ti, "Error decoding game.");
            }
            g->LoadStandardTags (ie, db->getNameBase());
        }
    }
    const char * s;
    int index = strExactMatch (tagName, options);

    switch (index) {
    case T_Event:
        s = g->GetEventStr();  if (!s) { s = "?"; }
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, s, NULL);
        break;

    case T_Site:
        s = g->GetSiteStr();  if (!s) { s = "?"; }
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, s, NULL);
        break;

    case T_Date:
        {
            char dateStr[20];
            date_DecodeToString (g->GetDate(), dateStr);
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, dateStr, NULL);
        }
        break;

    case T_Year:
        return setUintResult (ti, date_GetYear (g->GetDate()));

    case T_Month:
        return setUintWidthResult (ti, date_GetMonth (g->GetDate()), 2);

    case T_Day:
        return setUintWidthResult (ti, date_GetDay (g->GetDate()), 2);

    case T_Round:
        s = g->GetRoundStr();  if (!s) { s = "?"; }
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, s, NULL);
        break;

    case T_White:
        s = g->GetWhiteStr();  if (!s) { s = "?"; }
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, s, NULL);
        break;

    case T_Black:
        s = g->GetBlackStr();  if (!s) { s = "?"; }
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, s, NULL);
        break;

    case T_Result:
        return UI_Result(ti, OK, std::string(1, RESULT_CHAR[g->GetResult()]));

    case T_WhiteElo:
        return setUintResult (ti, g->GetWhiteElo());

    case T_BlackElo:
        return setUintResult (ti, g->GetBlackElo());

    case T_WhiteRType:
        return setResult (ti, ratingTypeNames[g->GetWhiteRatingType()]);

    case T_BlackRType:
        return setResult (ti, ratingTypeNames[g->GetBlackRatingType()]);

    case T_ECO:
        {
            ecoStringT ecoStr;
            eco_ToExtendedString (g->GetEco(), ecoStr);
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, ecoStr, NULL);
            break;
        }

    case T_EDate:
        {
            char dateStr[20];
            date_DecodeToString (g->GetEventDate(), dateStr);
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, dateStr, NULL);
        }
        break;

    case T_EYear:
        return setUintResult (ti, date_GetYear (g->GetEventDate()));

    case T_EMonth:
        return setUintWidthResult (ti, date_GetMonth (g->GetEventDate()), 2);

    case T_EDay:
        return setUintWidthResult (ti, date_GetDay (g->GetEventDate()), 2);

    case T_Extra:
        {
            uint numTags = g->GetNumExtraTags();
            tagT * ptagList = g->GetExtraTags();
            while (numTags > 0) {
                Tcl_AppendResult (ti, ptagList->tag, " \"", ptagList->value,
                                  "\"\n", NULL);
                numTags--;
                ptagList++;
            }
        }
        break;

    default:  // Not a valid tag name.
        return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_game tags get", options);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_tags_set:
//    Set the standard tags for this game.
//    Args are: event, site, date, round, white, black, result,
//              whiteElo, whiteRatingType, blackElo, blackRatingType, Eco,
//              eventdate.
//    Last arg is the non-standard tags, a string of lines in the format:
//        [TagName "TagValue"]
int
sc_game_tags_set (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * options[] = {
        "-event", "-site", "-date", "-round", "-white", "-black", "-result",
        "-whiteElo", "-whiteRatingType", "-blackElo", "-blackRatingType",
        "-eco", "-eventdate", "-extra",
        NULL
    };
    enum {
        T_EVENT, T_SITE, T_DATE, T_ROUND, T_WHITE, T_BLACK, T_RESULT,
        T_WHITE_ELO, T_WHITE_RTYPE, T_BLACK_ELO, T_BLACK_RTYPE,
        T_ECO, T_EVENTDATE, T_EXTRA
    };

    int arg = 3;
    if (((argc-arg) % 2) != 0) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Odd number of parameters.");
    }

    // Process each pair of parameters:
    while (arg+1 < argc) {
        int index = strUniqueMatch (argv[arg], options);
        const char * value = argv[arg+1];
        arg += 2;

        switch (index) {
            case T_EVENT: db->game->SetEventStr (value); break;
            case T_SITE: db->game->SetSiteStr (value); break;
            case T_DATE:
                db->game->SetDate (date_EncodeFromString(value));
                break;
            case T_ROUND: db->game->SetRoundStr (value); break;
            case T_WHITE: db->game->SetWhiteStr (value); break;
            case T_BLACK: db->game->SetBlackStr (value); break;
            case T_RESULT: db->game->SetResult (strGetResult(value)); break;
            case T_WHITE_ELO:
                db->game->SetWhiteElo (strGetUnsigned(value)); break;
            case T_WHITE_RTYPE:
                db->game->SetWhiteRatingType (strGetRatingType (value)); break;
            case T_BLACK_ELO:
                db->game->SetBlackElo (strGetUnsigned(value)); break;
            case T_BLACK_RTYPE:
                db->game->SetBlackRatingType (strGetRatingType (value)); break;
            case T_ECO:
                db->game->SetEco (eco_FromString (value)); break;
            case T_EVENTDATE:
                db->game->SetEventDate (date_EncodeFromString(value));
                break;
            case T_EXTRA:
                {
                    // Add all the nonstandard tags:
                    db->game->ClearExtraTags ();
                    int largc;
                    const char ** largv;
                    if (Tcl_SplitList (ti, value, &largc,
                                       (CONST84 char ***) &largv) != TCL_OK) {
                        // Error from Tcl_SplitList!
                        return errorResult (ti, "Error parsing extra tags.");
                    }

                    // Extract each tag-value pair and add it to the game:
                    for (int i=0; i < largc; i++) {
                        char tagStr [1024];
                        char valueStr [1024];
                        //if ( 	sscanf (largv[i], "%s", tagStr ) == 1 &&  
                        //			sscanf (largv[i+1], "%s", valueStr) == 1) {
                        // Usage :: sc_game tags set -extra [ list "Annotator \"boob [sc_pos moveNumber]\"\n" ]
                        if (sscanf (largv[i], "%s \"%[^\"]\"\n", tagStr, valueStr) == 2) {
                            db->game->AddPgnTag (tagStr, valueStr);
                        } else {
                            // Invalid line in the list; just ignore it.
                        }
                    }
                    Tcl_Free ((char *) largv);
                }
                break;
            default:
                return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_game tags set", options);
        }
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_tags_reload:
//    Reloads the tags (White, Black, Event,Site, etc) for a game.
//    Useful when a name that may occur in the current game has been
//    edited.
int
sc_game_tags_reload (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (!db->inUse  ||   db->gameNumber < 0) { return TCL_OK; }
    const IndexEntry* ie = db->getIndexEntry(db->gameNumber);
    db->game->LoadStandardTags (ie, db->getNameBase());
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_game_tags_share:
//    Shares tags between two games, updating one where the other
//    has more complete or better information.
//
//    This is mainly useful for combining the header information
//    of a pair of twins before deleting one of them. For example,
//    one may have a less complete date while the other may have
//    no ratings or an unknown ("?") round value.
//
//    If the subcommand parameter is "check", a list is returned
//    with a multiple of four elements, each set of four indicating
//    a game number, the tag that will be changed, the old value,
//    and the new value. If the parameter is "update", the changes
//    will be made and the empty string is returned.
int
sc_game_tags_share (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * usage =
        "Usage: sc_game tags share [check|update] <gameNumber1> <gameNumber2>";
    if (argc != 6) { return errorResult (ti, usage); }
    bool updateMode = false;
    if (strIsPrefix (argv[3], "check")) {
        updateMode = false;
    } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[3], "update")) {
        updateMode = true;
    } else {
        return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }
    // Get the two game numbers, which should be different and non-zero.
    uint gn1 = strGetUnsigned (argv[4]);
    uint gn2 = strGetUnsigned (argv[5]);
    if (gn1 == 0) { return TCL_OK; }
    if (gn2 == 0) { return TCL_OK; }
    if (gn1 == gn2) { return TCL_OK; }
    if (gn1 > db->numGames()) { return TCL_OK; }
    if (gn2 > db->numGames()) { return TCL_OK; }

    // Do nothing if the base is not writable:
    if (!db->inUse  ||  db->isReadOnly()) { return TCL_OK; }

    // Make a local copy of each index entry:
    IndexEntry ie1 = *(db->getIndexEntry(gn1 - 1));
    IndexEntry ie2 = *(db->getIndexEntry(gn2 - 1));
    bool updated1 = false;
    bool updated2 = false;

    // Share dates if appropriate:
    char dateStr1 [16];
    char dateStr2 [16];
    dateT date1 = ie1.GetDate();
    dateT date2 = ie2.GetDate();
    date_DecodeToString (date1, dateStr1);
    date_DecodeToString (date2, dateStr2);
    strTrimDate (dateStr1);
    strTrimDate (dateStr2);
    if (date1 == 0) { *dateStr1 = 0; }
    if (date2 == 0) { *dateStr2 = 0; }
    // Check if one date is a prefix of the other:
    if (!strEqual (dateStr1, dateStr2)  &&  strIsPrefix (dateStr1, dateStr2)) {
        // Copy date grom game 2 to game 1:
        if (updateMode) {
            ie1.SetDate (date2);
            updated1 = true;
        } else {
            appendUintElement (ti, gn1);
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, "Date");
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, dateStr1);
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, dateStr2);
        }
    }
    if (!strEqual (dateStr1, dateStr2)  &&  strIsPrefix (dateStr2, dateStr1)) {
        // Copy date grom game 1 to game 2:
        if (updateMode) {
            ie2.SetDate (date1);
            updated2 = true;
        } else {
            appendUintElement (ti, gn2);
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, "Date");
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, dateStr2);
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, dateStr1);
        }
    }

    // Check if an event name can be updated:
    idNumberT event1 = ie1.GetEvent();
    idNumberT event2 = ie2.GetEvent();
    const char * eventStr1 = ie1.GetEventName (db->getNameBase());
    const char * eventStr2 = ie2.GetEventName (db->getNameBase());
    bool event1empty = strEqual (eventStr1, "")  ||  strEqual (eventStr1, "?");
    bool event2empty = strEqual (eventStr2, "")  ||  strEqual (eventStr2, "?");
    if (event1empty  && !event2empty) {
        // Copy event from event 2 to game 1:
        if (updateMode) {
            ie1.SetEvent (event2);
            updated1 = true;
        } else {
            appendUintElement (ti, gn1);
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, "Event");
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, eventStr1);
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, eventStr2);
        }
    }
    if (event2empty  && !event1empty) {
        // Copy event from game 1 to game 2:
        if (updateMode) {
            ie2.SetEvent (event1);
            updated2 = true;
        } else {
            appendUintElement (ti, gn2);
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, "Event");
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, eventStr2);
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, eventStr1);
        }
    }

    // Check if a round name can be updated:
    idNumberT round1 = ie1.GetRound();
    idNumberT round2 = ie2.GetRound();
    const char * roundStr1 = ie1.GetRoundName (db->getNameBase());
    const char * roundStr2 = ie2.GetRoundName (db->getNameBase());
    bool round1empty = strEqual (roundStr1, "")  ||  strEqual (roundStr1, "?");
    bool round2empty = strEqual (roundStr2, "")  ||  strEqual (roundStr2, "?");
    if (round1empty  && !round2empty) {
        // Copy round from game 2 to game 1:
        if (updateMode) {
            ie1.SetRound (round2);
            updated1 = true;
        } else {
            appendUintElement (ti, gn1);
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, "Round");
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, roundStr1);
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, roundStr2);
        }
    }
    if (round2empty  && !round1empty) {
        // Copy round from game 1 to game 2:
        if (updateMode) {
            ie2.SetRound (round1);
            updated2 = true;
        } else {
            appendUintElement (ti, gn2);
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, "Round");
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, roundStr2);
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, roundStr1);
        }
    }

    // Check if Elo ratings can be shared:
    eloT welo1 = ie1.GetWhiteElo();
    eloT belo1 = ie1.GetBlackElo();
    eloT welo2 = ie2.GetWhiteElo();
    eloT belo2 = ie2.GetBlackElo();
    if (welo1 == 0  &&  welo2 != 0) {
        // Copy White rating from game 2 to game 1:
        if (updateMode) {
            ie1.SetWhiteElo (welo2);
            updated1 = true;
        } else {
            appendUintElement (ti, gn1);
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, "WhiteElo");
            appendUintElement (ti, welo1);
            appendUintElement (ti, welo2);
        }
    }
    if (welo2 == 0  &&  welo1 != 0) {
        // Copy White rating from game 1 to game 2:
        if (updateMode) {
            ie2.SetWhiteElo (welo1);
            updated2 = true;
        } else {
            appendUintElement (ti, gn2);
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, "WhiteElo");
            appendUintElement (ti, welo2);
            appendUintElement (ti, welo1);
        }
    }
    if (belo1 == 0  &&  belo2 != 0) {
        // Copy Black rating from game 2 to game 1:
        if (updateMode) {
            ie1.SetBlackElo (belo2);
            updated1 = true;
        } else {
            appendUintElement (ti, gn1);
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, "BlackElo");
            appendUintElement (ti, belo1);
            appendUintElement (ti, belo2);
        }
    }
    if (belo2 == 0  &&  belo1 != 0) {
        // Copy Black rating from game 1 to game 2:
        if (updateMode) {
            ie2.SetBlackElo (belo1);
            updated2 = true;
        } else {
            appendUintElement (ti, gn2);
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, "BlackElo");
            appendUintElement (ti, belo2);
            appendUintElement (ti, belo1);
        }
    }

    // Write changes to the index file:
    if (updateMode) {
        if (updated1) {
            db->idx->WriteEntry (&ie1, gn1 - 1);
        }
        if (updated2) {
            db->idx->WriteEntry (&ie2, gn2 - 1);
        }
        if (updated1  ||  updated2) {
             db->clearCaches();
        }
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///  INFO functions

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_info:
//    General Scid Information commands.
int
sc_info (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    static const char * options [] = {
        "clipbase", "decimal", "fsize", "gzip",
        "html", "limit", "ratings",
        "suffix", "tb", "validDate", "version", "language", NULL
    };
    enum {
        INFO_CLIPBASE, INFO_DECIMAL, INFO_FSIZE, INFO_GZIP,
        INFO_HTML, INFO_LIMIT, INFO_RATINGS,
        INFO_SUFFIX, INFO_TB, INFO_VALIDDATE, INFO_VERSION, INFO_LANGUAGE
    };
    int index = -1;

    if (argc > 1) { index = strUniqueMatch (argv[1], options); }

    switch (index) {
    case INFO_CLIPBASE:
        return UI_Result(ti, OK, DBasePool::getClipBase());

    case INFO_DECIMAL:
        if (argc >= 3) {
            decimalPointChar = argv[2][0];
        } else {
            return UI_Result(ti, OK, std::string(1, decimalPointChar));
        }
        break;

    case INFO_FSIZE:
        return sc_info_fsize (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case INFO_GZIP:
        // Return true if gzip files can be decoded by Scid.
        return UI_Result(ti, OK, gzable());

    case INFO_HTML:
        if (argc >= 3) {
            htmlDiagStyle = strGetUnsigned (argv[2]);
        } else {
            return setUintResult (ti, htmlDiagStyle);
        }
        break;

    case INFO_LIMIT:
        return sc_info_limit (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case INFO_RATINGS:   // List of all recognised rating types.
        {
            uint i = 0;
            while (ratingTypeNames[i] != NULL) {
                Tcl_AppendElement (ti, (char *) ratingTypeNames[i]);
                i++;
            }
        }
        break;

    case INFO_SUFFIX:
        return sc_info_suffix (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case INFO_TB:
        return sc_info_tb (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case INFO_VALIDDATE:
        if (argc != 3) {
            return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_info validDate <datestring>");
        }
        return UI_Result(ti, OK, date_ValidString (argv[2]));

    case INFO_VERSION:
        if (argc >= 3  &&  strIsPrefix (argv[2], "date")) {
            setResult (ti, __DATE__);
        } else {
            setResult (ti, SCID_VERSION_STRING);
        }
        break;
    case INFO_LANGUAGE:
      if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_info language <lang>");
      }
      if ( strcmp(argv[2], "en") == 0) {language = 0;}
      if ( strcmp(argv[2], "fr") == 0) {language = 1;}
      if ( strcmp(argv[2], "es") == 0) {language = 2;}
      if ( strcmp(argv[2], "de") == 0) {language = 3;}
      if ( strcmp(argv[2], "it") == 0) {language = 4;}
      if ( strcmp(argv[2], "ne") == 0) {language = 5;}
      if ( strcmp(argv[2], "cz") == 0) {language = 6;}
      if ( strcmp(argv[2], "hu") == 0) {language = 7;}
      if ( strcmp(argv[2], "no") == 0) {language = 8;}
      if ( strcmp(argv[2], "sw") == 0) {language = 9;}
      if ( strcmp(argv[2], "ca") == 0) {language = 10;}
      if ( strcmp(argv[2], "fi") == 0) {language = 11;}
      if ( strcmp(argv[2], "gr") == 0) {language = 12;}

    break;
    default:
        return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_info", options);
    };

    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_info_fsize:
//    Given the name of a .si3, .si, .pgn or .pgn.gz file, this command
//    returns the number of games in that file. For large PGN files,
//    the value returned is only an estimate.
//    To distinguish estimates from correct sizes, an estimate is
//    returned as a negative number.
int
sc_info_fsize (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_info fsize <filename>");
    }
    const char * fname = argv[2];
    const char * lastSuffix = strFileSuffix (fname);
    uint fsize = 0;
    bool isGzipFile = false;
    bool isEpdFile = false;
    bool isRepFile = false;

    if (strAlphaContains (fname, ".epd")) { isEpdFile =  true; }
    if (strAlphaContains (fname, ".sor")) { isRepFile =  true; }
    if (lastSuffix != NULL  &&  strEqual (lastSuffix, GZIP_SUFFIX)) {
        isGzipFile = true;
    }

    if (lastSuffix != NULL  &&  strEqual (lastSuffix, OLD_INDEX_SUFFIX)) {
        fsize = rawFileSize (fname);
        fsize -= OLD_INDEX_HEADER_SIZE;
        fsize = fsize / OLD_INDEX_ENTRY_SIZE;
        return setUintResult (ti, fsize);
    }
    if (lastSuffix != NULL  &&  strEqual (lastSuffix, INDEX_SUFFIX)) {
        fsize = rawFileSize (fname);
        fsize -= INDEX_HEADER_SIZE;
        fsize = fsize / INDEX_ENTRY_SIZE;
        return setUintResult (ti, fsize);
    }

    // Estimate size for PGN files, by reading the first 64 kb
    // of the file and counting the number of games seen:

    if (isGzipFile) {
        fsize = gzipFileSize (fname);
    } else {
        fsize = rawFileSize (fname);
    }

    MFile pgnFile;
    if (pgnFile.Open (fname, FMODE_ReadOnly) != OK) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Error opening file");
    }

    const uint maxBytes = 65536;
    char * buffer =  new char [maxBytes];
    uint bytes = maxBytes - 1;
    if (bytes > fsize) { bytes = fsize; }
    if (pgnFile.ReadNBytes (buffer, bytes) != OK) {
        delete[] buffer;
        return errorResult (ti, "Error reading file");
    }

    buffer [bytes] = 0;
    const char * s = buffer;
    int ngames = 0;

    for (uint i=0; i < bytes; i++) {
        if (isEpdFile) {
            // EPD file: count positions, one per line.
            if (*s == '\n') { ngames++; }
        } else if (isRepFile) {
            // Repertoire file: count include (+) and exclude (-) lines.
            if (*s == ' '  ||  *s == '\n') {
                if (s[1] == '+'  &&  s[2] == ' ') { ngames++; }
                if (s[1] == '-'  &&  s[2] == ' ') { ngames++; }
            }
        } else {
            // PGN file: count Result tags.
            if (*s == '['  &&  strIsPrefix ("Result ", s+1)) { ngames++; }
        }
        s++;
    }

    // If the file is larger than maxBytes, this was only a sample
    // so return an estimate to the nearest 10 or 100 or 1000 games:
    if (fsize > bytes) {
        ngames = (uint) ((double)ngames * (double)fsize / (double)bytes);
        if (ngames > 10000) {
            ngames = ((ngames + 500) / 1000) * 1000;
        } else if (ngames > 1000) {
            ngames = ((ngames + 50) / 100) * 100;
        } else {
            ngames = ((ngames + 5) / 10) * 10;
        }
        ngames = -ngames;
    }
#ifdef WINCE
        my_Tcl_Free((char*) buffer);
#else
        delete[] buffer;
#endif
    return setIntResult (ti, ngames);
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_info limit:
//    Limits that Scid imposes.
int
sc_info_limit (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    static const char * options [] = {
        "elo", "games", "nags", "year", "bases", NULL
    };
    enum {
        LIM_ELO, LIM_GAMES, LIM_NAGS, LIM_YEAR, LIM_BASES
    };
    int index = -1;
    int result = 0;

    if (argc == 3) { index = strUniqueMatch (argv[2], options); }

    switch (index) {
    case LIM_ELO:
        result = MAX_ELO;
        break;

    case LIM_GAMES:
        result = MAX_GAMES;
        break;

    case LIM_NAGS:
        result = MAX_NAGS;
        break;

    case LIM_YEAR:
        result = YEAR_MAX;
        break;

    case LIM_BASES:
        result = MAX_BASES;
        break;

    default:
        return UI_Result(ti, ERROR_BadArg, "Usage: sc_info limit <elo|games|nags|year|bases>");
    }

    return UI_Result(ti, OK, result);
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_info suffix:
//    Returns a Scid file suffix for a database file type.
//    The suffix is returned with the leading dot.
int
sc_info_suffix (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    static const char * options [] = {
        "game", "index", NULL
    };
    enum {
        SUFFIX_OPT_GAME, SUFFIX_OPT_INDEX
    };
    int index = -1;

    if (argc == 3) { index = strUniqueMatch (argv[2], options); }

    const char * suffix = "";

    switch (index) {
        case SUFFIX_OPT_GAME:  suffix = GFILE_SUFFIX;    break;
        case SUFFIX_OPT_INDEX: suffix = INDEX_SUFFIX;    break;
        default: return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_info suffix", options);
    }

    return setResult (ti, suffix);
}


//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_info_tb:
//   Set up a tablebase directory, or check if a certain
//   tablebase is available.
int
sc_info_tb (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * usage =
        "Usage: sc_info tb [<directory>|available <material>|cache <size-kb>]";

    if (argc == 2) {
        // Command: sc_info tb
        // Returns whether tablebase support is complied.
        return UI_Result(ti, OK, scid_TB_compiled());

    } else if (argc == 3) {
        // Command: sc_info_tb <directories>
        // Clears tablebases and registers all tablebases in the
        // specified directories string, which can have more than
        // one directory separated by commas or semicolons.
        return setUintResult (ti, scid_TB_Init (argv[2]));

    } else if (argc == 4  &&  argv[2][0] == 'a') {
        // Command: sc_probe available <material>
        // The material is specified as "KRKN", "kr-kn", etc.
        // Set up the required material:
        matSigT ms = MATSIG_Empty;
        const char * material = argv[3];
        if (toupper(*material) != 'K') { return UI_Result(ti, OK, false); }
        material++;
        colorT side = WHITE;
        while (1) {
            char ch = toupper(*material);
            material++;
            if (ch == 0) { break; }
            if (ch == 'K') { side = BLACK; continue; }
            pieceT p = piece_Make (side, piece_FromChar (ch));
            if (ch == 'P') { p = piece_Make (side, PAWN); }
            if (p == EMPTY) { continue; }
            ms = matsig_setCount (ms, p, matsig_getCount (ms, p) + 1);
        }
        // Check if a tablebase for this material is available:
        return UI_Result(ti, OK, scid_TB_Available (ms));
    } else if (argc == 4  &&  argv[2][0] == 'c') {
        // Set the preferred tablebase cache size, to take effect
        // at the next tablebase initialisation.
        uint cachesize = strGetUnsigned (argv[3]);
        scid_TB_SetCacheSize (cachesize * 1024);
        return TCL_OK;
    } else {
        return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }
}

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//  MOVE functions

int
sc_move (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    static const char * options [] = {
        "add", "addSan", "addUCI", "back", "end", "forward",
        "pgn", "ply", "start", NULL
    };
    enum {
        MOVE_ADD, MOVE_ADDSAN, MOVE_ADDUCI, MOVE_BACK, MOVE_END, MOVE_FORWARD,
        MOVE_PGN, MOVE_PLY, MOVE_START
    };
    int index = -1;

    if (argc > 1) { index = strUniqueMatch (argv[1], options); }

    switch (index) {
    case MOVE_ADD:
        return sc_move_add (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case MOVE_ADDSAN:
        return sc_move_addSan (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case MOVE_ADDUCI:
        return sc_move_addUCI (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case MOVE_BACK:
        return sc_move_back (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case MOVE_END:
        db->game->MoveToPly(0);
        {
            errorT err = OK;
            do {
                err = db->game->MoveForward();
            } while (err == OK);
        }
        break;

    case MOVE_FORWARD:
        return sc_move_forward (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case MOVE_PGN:
        return sc_move_pgn (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case MOVE_PLY:
        if (argc >= 3) {
            std::vector<int> v;
            for(int i=2; i < argc; i++) {
                v.push_back(strGetInteger(argv[i]));
            }
            db->game->MoveTo(v);
            return TCL_OK;
        }
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_move ply <plynumber>");

    case MOVE_START:
        db->game->MoveToPly (0);
        break;

    default:
        return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_move", options);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_move_add: takes a move specified by three parameters
//      (square square promo) and adds it to the game.
int
sc_move_add (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{

    if (argc != 5) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_move add <sq> <sq> <promo>");
    }

    uint sq1 = strGetUnsigned (argv[2]);
    uint sq2 = strGetUnsigned (argv[3]);
    uint promo = strGetUnsigned (argv[4]);
    if (promo == 0) { promo = EMPTY; }

    char s[8];
    s[0] = square_FyleChar (sq1);
    s[1] = square_RankChar (sq1);
    s[2] = square_FyleChar (sq2);
    s[3] = square_RankChar (sq2);
    if (promo == EMPTY) {
        s[4] = 0;
    } else {
        s[4] = piece_Char(promo);
        s[5] = 0;
    }
    simpleMoveT sm;
    Position * pos = db->game->GetCurrentPos();
    errorT err = pos->ReadCoordMove (&sm, s, true);
    if (err == OK) {
        err = db->game->AddMove (&sm, NULL);
        if (err == OK) {
            db->gameAltered = true;
            return TCL_OK;
        }
    }
    return errorResult (ti, "Error adding move.");
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_move_addSan:
//    Takes moves in regular SAN (e.g. "e4" or "Nbd2") and adds them
//    to the game. The moves can be in one large string, separate
//    list elements, or a mixture of both. Move numbers are ignored
//    but variations/comments/annotations are parsed and added.
int
sc_move_addSan (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char ** argPtr = &(argv[2]);
    int argsLeft = argc - 2;

    if (argc < 3) { return TCL_OK; }

    PgnParser parser;
    char buf [1000];
    while (argsLeft > 0) {
        parser.Reset (*argPtr);
        parser.SetEndOfInputWarnings (false);
        parser.SetResultWarnings (false);
        errorT err = parser.ParseMoves (db->game, buf, 1000);
        if (err != OK  ||  parser.ErrorCount() > 0) {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "Error reading move(s): ", *argPtr, NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
        db->gameAltered = true;
        argPtr++;
        argsLeft--;
    }

    // If we reach here, all moves were successfully added:
    return TCL_OK;
}
//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_move_addUCI:
//    Takes moves in engine UCI format (e.g. "g1f3") and adds them
//    to the game. The result is translated.
//    In case of an error, return the moves that could be converted.
int
sc_move_addUCI (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv) 
{
    char s[8], tmp[10];
    if (argc < 3) { return TCL_OK; }
    char * ptr = (char *) argv[2];

    while (*ptr != 0) {
      s[0] = ptr[0];
      s[1] = ptr[1];
      s[2] = ptr[2];
      s[3] = ptr[3];
      if (ptr[4] == ' ') {
        s[4] = 0;
        ptr += 5;
      } else if (ptr[4] == 0) {
        s[4] = 0;
        ptr += 4;        
      } else {
        s[4] = ptr[4];
        s[5] = 0;
        ptr += 6;
      }
      simpleMoveT sm;
      Position * pos = db->game->GetCurrentPos();
      errorT err = pos->ReadCoordMove (&sm, s, true);
      if (err == OK) {
        err = db->game->AddMove (&sm, NULL);
        if (err == OK) {
            db->gameAltered = true;
            db->game->GetPrevSAN (tmp);
            transPieces(tmp);
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, tmp, " ", NULL);
        } else {
            //Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "Error reading move(s): ", ptr, NULL);
            break;
        }
      } else {
        //Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "Error reading move(s): ", ptr, NULL);
        break;
      }
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_move_back:
//    Moves back a specified number of moves (default = 1 move).
int
sc_move_back (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    int numMovesTakenBack = 0;
    int count = 1;
    if (argc > 2) {
        count = strGetInteger (argv[2]);
        // if (count < 1) { count = 1; }
    }

    for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) {
        if (db->game->MoveBackup() != OK) { break; }
        numMovesTakenBack++;
    }

    setUintResult (ti, numMovesTakenBack);
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_move_forward:
//    Moves forward a specified number of moves (default = 1 move).
int
sc_move_forward (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    int numMovesMade = 0;
    int count = 1;
    if (argc > 2) {
        count = strGetInteger (argv[2]);
        // Do we want to allow moving forward 0 moves? Yes, I think so.
        // if (count < 1) { count = 1; }
    }

    for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) {
        if (db->game->MoveForward() != OK) { break; }
        numMovesMade++;
    }

    setUintResult (ti, numMovesMade);
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_move_pgn:
//    Set the current board to the position closest to
//    the specified place in the PGN output (given as a byte count
//    from the start of the output).
int
sc_move_pgn (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_move pgn <offset>");
    }

    uint offset = strGetUnsigned (argv[2]);
    db->game->MoveToLocationInPGN (offset);
    return TCL_OK;
}



//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//  POSITION functions

int
sc_pos (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    static const char * options [] = {
        "addNag", "analyze", "bestSquare", "board", "clearNags",
        "fen", "getComment", "getNags", "hash", "html",
        "isAt", "isCheck", "isLegal", "isPromotion", "movelist",
        "matchMoves", "moveNumber", "pgnBoard", "pgnOffset",
        "probe", "setComment", "side", "tex", "moves", "location",
        "attacks", "getPrevComment", NULL
    };
    enum {
        POS_ADDNAG, POS_ANALYZE, POS_BESTSQ, POS_BOARD, POS_CLEARNAGS,
        POS_FEN, POS_GETCOMMENT, POS_GETNAGS, POS_HASH, POS_HTML,
        POS_ISAT, POS_ISCHECK, POS_ISLEGAL, POS_ISPROMO, MOVELIST,
        POS_MATCHMOVES, POS_MOVENUM, POS_PGNBOARD, POS_PGNOFFSET,
        POS_PROBE, POS_SETCOMMENT, POS_SIDE, POS_TEX, POS_MOVES, LOCATION,
        POS_ATTACKS, POS_GETPREVCOMMENT
    };

    char boardStr[200];
    int index = -1;
    if (argc > 1) { index = strUniqueMatch (argv[1], options); }

    switch (index) {
    case POS_ADDNAG:
        return sc_pos_addNag (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case POS_ANALYZE:
        return sc_pos_analyze (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case POS_BESTSQ:
        return sc_pos_bestSquare (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case POS_BOARD:
        db->game->GetCurrentPos()->MakeLongStr (boardStr);
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, boardStr, NULL);
        break;

    case POS_CLEARNAGS:
        db->game->ClearNags();
        db->gameAltered = true;
        break;

    case POS_FEN:
        db->game->GetCurrentPos()->PrintFEN (boardStr, FEN_ALL_FIELDS);
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, boardStr, NULL);
        break;

    case POS_GETCOMMENT:
        const char * tempStr;
        tempStr = db->game->GetMoveComment();
        if (tempStr) {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, tempStr, NULL);
        }
        break;

    case POS_GETPREVCOMMENT:
        return UI_Result(ti, OK, db->game->GetPreviousMoveComment());

    case POS_GETNAGS:
        return sc_pos_getNags (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case POS_HASH:
        return sc_pos_hash (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case POS_HTML:
        return sc_pos_html (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case POS_ISAT:
        return sc_pos_isAt (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case POS_ISCHECK:
        return UI_Result(ti, OK, db->game->GetCurrentPos()->IsKingInCheck());

    case POS_ISLEGAL:
        return sc_pos_isLegal (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case POS_ISPROMO:
        return sc_pos_isPromo (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case POS_MATCHMOVES:
        return sc_pos_matchMoves (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case POS_MOVES:
        return sc_pos_moves (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case POS_MOVENUM:
        // This used to return:
        //     (db->game->GetCurrentPly() + 2) / 2
        // but that value is wrong for games with non-standard
        // start positions. The correct value to return is:
        //     db->game->GetCurrentPos()->GetFullMoveCount()
        return setUintResult (ti, db->game->GetCurrentPos()->GetFullMoveCount());

    case POS_PGNBOARD:
        return sc_pos_pgnBoard (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case POS_PGNOFFSET:
        setUintResult (ti, db->game->GetPgnOffset());
        break;

    case POS_PROBE:
        return sc_pos_probe (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case POS_SETCOMMENT:
        return sc_pos_setComment (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case POS_SIDE:
        setResult (ti, (db->game->GetCurrentPos()->GetToMove() == WHITE)
                   ? "white" : "black");
        break;

    case POS_TEX:
        {
            bool flip = false;
            if (argc > 2  &&  strIsPrefix (argv[2], "flip")) { flip = true; }
            DString * dstr = new DString;
            db->game->GetCurrentPos()->DumpLatexBoard (dstr, flip);
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, dstr->Data(), NULL);
            delete dstr;
        }
        break;

    case LOCATION: {
        std::vector<int> v = db->game->GetCurrentLocation();
        UI_List res(v.size());
        for (size_t i=0, n=v.size(); i < n; i++) res.push_back(v[i]);
        return UI_Result(ti, OK, res);
    }

    case MOVELIST: {
        Position * pos = db->game->GetCurrentPos();
        MoveList mlist;
        pos->GenerateMoves(&mlist);
        for (uint i = 0; i < mlist.Size(); i++) {
            pos->DoSimpleMove(mlist.Get(i));

            MoveList mlist1, mlist2;
            pos->GenerateMoves(&mlist2);
            pos->SetToMove ((pos->GetToMove() == WHITE) ? BLACK : WHITE);
            pos->GenerateMoves(&mlist1);
            mlist.Get(i)->score = mlist1.Size() - mlist2.Size();

            pos->SetToMove ((pos->GetToMove() == WHITE) ? BLACK : WHITE);
            pos->UndoSimpleMove(mlist.Get(i));
        }
        mlist.Sort();
        char tmp[16];
        Tcl_Obj** res = new Tcl_Obj* [mlist.Size()];
        for (uint i = 0; i < mlist.Size(); i++) {
            pos->MakeSANString(mlist.Get(i), tmp, SAN_CHECKTEST);
            res[i] = Tcl_NewStringObj(tmp, -1);
        }
        Tcl_SetObjResult(ti, Tcl_NewListObj(mlist.Size(), res));
        delete [] res;
        return TCL_OK;
    }

    case POS_ATTACKS:
        {
            Position pos(*db->game->GetCurrentPos());
            for (colorT c = WHITE; c <= BLACK; c++) {
                for (uint i = 0; i < pos.GetCount(c); i++) {
                    squareT sq = pos.GetList(c)[i];
                    pos.SetToMove(color_Flip(c));
                    int att = pos.TreeCalcAttacks(color_Flip(c), sq);
                    if (att) {
                      appendUintElement(ti, sq);
                      if (att > 1) Tcl_AppendElement(ti, "green");
                      else if (att > 0) Tcl_AppendElement(ti, "yellow");
                      else Tcl_AppendElement(ti, "red");
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        break;

    default:
        return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_pos", options);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}


//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_pos_addNag:
//    Adds a NAG (annotation symbol) for the current move.
int
sc_pos_addNag (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_pos addNag <nagvalue>");
    }
    const char * nagStr = argv[2];
	if( strcmp(nagStr, "X") == 0)
		db->game->RemoveNag( true);
	else if( strcmp(nagStr, "Y") == 0)
		db->game->RemoveNag( false);
	else
	{
		byte nag = game_parseNag (nagStr);
		if (nag != 0) {
			db->game->AddNag ((byte) nag);
		}
		db->gameAltered = true;
	}
    return TCL_OK;
}


//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_pos_analyze:
//    Analyzes the current position for the specified number of
//    milliseconds.
//    Returns a two-element list containing the score in centipawns
//    (from the perspective of the side to move) and the best move.
//    If there are no legal moves, the second element is the empty string.
int
sc_pos_analyze (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * usage = "Usage: sc_pos analyze [<option> <value> ...]";

    uint searchTime = 1000;   // Default = 1000 milliseconds
    uint hashTableKB = 1024;  // Default: one-megabyte hash table.
    uint pawnTableKB = 32;
    bool postMode = false;
    bool pruning = false;
    uint mindepth = 4; // will not check time until this depth is reached
    uint searchdepth = 0;

    static const char * options [] = {
        "-time", "-hashkb", "-pawnkb", "-post", "-pruning", "-mindepth", "-searchdepth", NULL
    };
    enum {
        OPT_TIME, OPT_HASH, OPT_PAWN, OPT_POST, OPT_PRUNING, OPT_MINDEPTH, OPT_SEARCHDEPTH
    };
    int arg = 2;
    while (arg+1 < argc) {
        const char * option = argv[arg];
        const char * value = argv[arg+1];
        arg += 2;
        int index = strUniqueMatch (option, options);
        switch (index) {
            case OPT_TIME:     searchTime = strGetUnsigned(value);  break;
            case OPT_HASH:     hashTableKB = strGetUnsigned(value); break;
            case OPT_PAWN:     pawnTableKB = strGetUnsigned(value); break;
            case OPT_POST:     postMode = strGetBoolean(value);     break;
            case OPT_PRUNING:  pruning = strGetBoolean(value);      break;
            case OPT_MINDEPTH: mindepth = strGetUnsigned(value);    break;
            case OPT_SEARCHDEPTH: searchdepth = strGetUnsigned(value);    break;
            default:
                return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_pos analyze", options);
        }
    }
    if (arg != argc) { return errorResult (ti, usage); }

    // Generate all legal moves:
    Position * pos = db->game->GetCurrentPos();
    MoveList mlist;
    pos->GenerateMoves(&mlist);

    // Start the engine:
    Engine * engine = new Engine();
    engine->SetSearchTime (searchTime);
    engine->SetHashTableKilobytes (hashTableKB);
    engine->SetPawnTableKilobytes (pawnTableKB);
    engine->SetMinDepthCheckTime(mindepth);
    if (searchdepth > 0)
      engine->SetSearchDepth(searchdepth);
    engine->SetPosition (pos);
    engine->SetPostMode (postMode);
    engine->SetPruning (pruning);
    int score = engine->Think (&mlist);
    delete engine;

    char moveStr[20];
    moveStr[0] = 0;
    if (mlist.Size() > 0) {
        pos->MakeSANString (mlist.Get(0), moveStr, SAN_MATETEST);
    }
    UI_List res(2);
    res.push_back(score);
    res.push_back(moveStr);
    return UI_Result(ti, OK, res);
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_pos_bestSquare:
//    Takes a square and returns the best square that makes a move
//    with the given square. The square can be the from or to part of
//    a move. Used for smart move completion.
//    Returns -1 if no legal moves go to or from the square.
int
sc_pos_bestSquare (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_pos bestSquare <square>");
    }

    Position * pos = db->game->GetCurrentPos();

    // Try to read the square parameter as algebraic ("h8") or numeric (63):
    squareT sq = strGetSquare (argv[2]);
    if (sq == NULL_SQUARE) {
      int sqInt = strGetInteger (argv[2]);
      if (sqInt >= 0  &&  sqInt <= 63) { sq = sqInt; }
    }
    if (sq == NULL_SQUARE) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_pos bestSquare <square>");
    }

    // Generate all legal moves:
    MoveList mlist;
    pos->GenerateMoves(&mlist);

    // Restrict the list of legal moves to contain only those that
    // move to or from the specified square:
    mlist.SelectBySquare (sq);

     // If no matching legal moves, return -1:
    if (mlist.Size() == 0) {
        return setResult (ti, "-1");
    }

    if (mlist.Size() > 1) {
        // We have more than one move to choose from, so first check
        // the ECO openings book (if it is loaded) to see if any move
        // in the list reaches an ECO position. If so, select the move
        // reaching the largest ECO code as the best move. If no ECO
        // position is found, do a small chess engine search to find
        // the best move.

        ecoT bestEco = ECO_None;
        ecoT secondBestEco = ECO_None;
        if (ecoBook != NULL) {
            DString ecoStr;
            for (uint i=0; i < mlist.Size(); i++) {
                ecoT eco = ECO_None;
                pos->DoSimpleMove (mlist.Get(i));
                ecoStr.Clear();
                if (ecoBook->FindOpcode (pos, "eco", &ecoStr) == OK) {
                    eco = eco_FromString (ecoStr.Data());
                }
                pos->UndoSimpleMove (mlist.Get(i));
                if (eco >= bestEco) {
                    secondBestEco = bestEco;
                    bestEco = eco;
                    mlist.MoveToFront (i);
                }
            }
        }

        if (bestEco == ECO_None  ||  bestEco == secondBestEco) {
            // No matching ECO position found, or a tie. So do a short
            // engine search to find the best move; 25 ms (= 1/40 s)
            // is enough to reach a few ply and select reasonable
            // moves but fast enough to seem almost instant. The
            // search promotes the best move to be first in the list.
            Engine * engine = new Engine();
            engine->SetSearchTime (25);    // Do a 25 millisecond search
            engine->SetPosition (pos);
            engine->Think (&mlist);
            delete engine;
        }
    }

    // Now the best move is the first in the list, either because it
    // is the only move, or it reaches the largest ECO code, or because
    // the chess engine search selected it.
    // Find the other square in the best move and return it:

    simpleMoveT * sm = mlist.Get(0);
    ASSERT (sq == sm->from  ||  sq == sm->to);
    squareT bestSq = sm->from;
    if (sm->from == sq) { bestSq = sm->to; }
    setUintResult (ti, bestSq);

    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_pos_getNags:
//    Get the NAGs for the current move.
int
sc_pos_getNags (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    byte * nag = db->game->GetNags();
    if (nag[0] == 0) {
        return setResult (ti, "0");
    }
    while (*nag) {
        char temp[20];
        game_printNag (*nag, temp, true, PGN_FORMAT_Plain);
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, " ", NULL);
        nag++;
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_pos_hash:
//   Returns the 32-bit hash value of the current position.
int
sc_pos_hash (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * usage = "Usage: sc_pos hash [full|pawn]";
    bool pawnHashOnly = false;
    if (argc > 3) { return errorResult (ti, usage); }
    if (argc == 3) {
        switch (argv[2][0]) {
            case 'f': pawnHashOnly = false; break;
            case 'p': pawnHashOnly = true;  break;
            default:  return errorResult (ti, usage);
        }
    }
    Position * pos = db->game->GetCurrentPos();
    uint hash = pos->HashValue();
    if (pawnHashOnly) {
        hash = pos->PawnHashValue();
    }
    return setUintResult (ti, hash);
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_pos_html:
//    Returns an HTML table representation of the board.
//    There are two styles: 0 (the default), which has
//    40x40 squares and images in a "bitmaps" subdirectory;
//    and style 1 which has 36x35 squares and images in
//    a "bitmaps2" directory.
//    The directory can be overridden with the "-path" command.
int
sc_pos_html (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * usage = "Usage: sc_pos html [-flip <boolean>] [-path <path>] [<style:0|1>]";
    uint style = htmlDiagStyle;
    bool flip = false;
    int arg = 2;
    const char * path = NULL;

    if (argc > arg+1  && strEqual (argv[arg], "-flip")) {
        flip = strGetBoolean(argv[arg+1]);
        arg += 2;
    }
    if (argc > arg+1  && strEqual (argv[arg], "-path")) {
        path = argv[arg+1];
        arg += 2;
    }
    if (argc < arg ||  argc > arg+1) {
        return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }
    if (argc == arg+1) { style = strGetUnsigned (argv[arg]); }

    DString * dstr = new DString;
    db->game->GetCurrentPos()->DumpHtmlBoard (dstr, style, path, flip);
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, dstr->Data(), NULL);
    delete dstr;
    return TCL_OK;
}


//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_pos_isAt: returns whether the position is at the
//   start or end of a move list, according to the arg value.
//   Valid arguments are: start, end, vstart and vend (or unique
//   abbreviations thereof).
int
sc_pos_isAt (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    static const char * options [] = {
        "start", "end", "vstart", "vend", NULL
    };
    enum {
        OPT_START, OPT_END, OPT_VSTART, OPT_VEND
    };
    int index = -1;
    if (argc == 3) { index = strUniqueMatch(argv[2], options); }

    switch (index) {
    case OPT_START:
        return UI_Result(ti, OK, db->game->AtStart());

    case OPT_END:
        return UI_Result(ti, OK, db->game->AtEnd());

    case OPT_VSTART:
        return UI_Result(ti, OK, db->game->AtVarStart());

    case OPT_VEND:
        return UI_Result(ti, OK, db->game->AtVarEnd());

    default:
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_pos isAt start|end|vstart|vend");
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_pos_isPromo:
//    Takes two squares (from and to, in either order) and
//    returns true if they represent a pawn promotion move.
int
sc_pos_isPromo (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 4) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_move isPromo <square> <square>");
    }

    Position * pos = db->game->GetCurrentPos();
    int fromSq = strGetInteger (argv[2]);
    int toSq = strGetInteger (argv[3]);

    if (fromSq < A1  ||  fromSq > H8  ||  toSq < A1  ||  toSq > H8) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_move isPromo <square> <square>");
    }

    return UI_Result(ti, OK, pos->IsPromoMove ((squareT) fromSq, (squareT) toSq));
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_pos_isLegal: returns true if the move between the two provided
//    squares (either could be the from square) is legal.
int
sc_pos_isLegal (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 4) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_pos isLegal <square> <square>");
    }

    Position * pos = db->game->GetCurrentPos();
    int sq1 = strGetInteger (argv[2]);
    int sq2 = strGetInteger (argv[3]);
    if (sq1 < 0  ||  sq1 > 63  ||  sq2 < 0  ||  sq2 > 63) {
        return UI_Result(ti, OK, false);
    }

    // Compute all legal moves, then restrict the list to only
    // contain moves that include sq1 and sq2 as to/from squares:
    MoveList mlist;
    pos->GenerateMoves(&mlist);
    mlist.SelectBySquare (sq1);
    mlist.SelectBySquare (sq2);
    bool found = (mlist.Size() > 0);
    return UI_Result(ti, OK, found);
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_pos_matchMoves: Return the list of legal moves matching
//     a specified prefix. Note that any occurrence of "x", "=", "+",
//     or "#" is removed from the move text of each move, and the
//     castling moves are "OK" and "OQ" for king and queen-side
//     castling respectively, so that no move is a prefix of
//     any other move.
int
sc_pos_matchMoves (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 3  &&  argc != 4) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_pos matchMoves <movetext-prefix>");
    }
    bool coordMoves = false;
    const char * prefix = argv[2];
    if (argc == 4) { coordMoves = strGetBoolean (argv[3]); }
    char str[20];
    Position * p = db->game->GetCurrentPos();
    sanListT sanList;
    p->CalcSANStrings (&sanList, SAN_NO_CHECKTEST);

    for (uint i=0; i < sanList.num; i++) {
        strCopyExclude (str, sanList.list[i], "x=+#");
        if (strEqual (str, "O-O")) { strCopy (str, "OK"); }
        if (strEqual (str, "O-O-O")) { strCopy (str, "OQ"); }
        if (strIsPrefix (prefix, str)) {
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, str);
        }
    }

    // If the prefix string is for b-pawn moves, also look for any
    // Bishop moves that could match, and add them provided they do not
    // clash with a pawn move.
    if (prefix[0] >= 'a'  &&  prefix[0] <= 'h') {
        char * newPrefix = strDuplicate (prefix);
        newPrefix[0] = toupper(newPrefix[0]);
        for (uint i=0; i < sanList.num; i++) {
            strCopyExclude (str, sanList.list[i], "x=+#");
            if (strIsPrefix (newPrefix, str)) {
                Tcl_AppendElement (ti, str);
            }
        }
#ifdef WINCE
        my_Tcl_Free((char*) newPrefix);
#else
        delete[] newPrefix;
#endif
    }

    // If the prefix string starts with a file (a-h), also add coordinate
    // moves if coordMoves is true:
    if (coordMoves  &&  prefix[0] >= 'a'  &&  prefix[0] <= 'h') {
        MoveList mList;
        p->GenerateMoves(&mList);
        for (uint i=0; i < mList.Size(); i++) {
            simpleMoveT * sm = mList.Get(i);
            str[0] = square_FyleChar (sm->from);
            str[1] = square_RankChar (sm->from);
            str[2] = square_FyleChar (sm->to);
            str[3] = square_RankChar (sm->to);
            if (sm->promote == EMPTY) {
                str[4] = 0;
            } else {
                str[4] = piece_Char (sm->promote);
                str[5] = 0;
            }
            if (strIsPrefix (prefix, str)) {
                Tcl_AppendElement (ti, str);
            }
        }
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_pos_moves: Return the list of legal moves in SAN notation
//
int
sc_pos_moves (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 2) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_pos moves");
    }
    Position * p = db->game->GetCurrentPos();
    sanListT sanList; 
    p->CalcSANStrings (&sanList, SAN_NO_CHECKTEST);

    for (uint i=0; i < sanList.num; i++) {
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, sanList.list[i]);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}


//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_pos_pgnBoard:
//    Given a string representing part of a PGN game,
//    returns the board position corresponding to the
//    last position reached in the game.
int
sc_pos_pgnBoard (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_pos pgnBoard <pgn-text>");
    }

    Game * g = scratchGame;

    g->Clear();

    PgnParser parser (argv[2]);

    if ( parser.ParseGame(g) == ERROR_NotFound) {
        // No PGN header tags were found, so try just parsing moves:
        g->Clear();
#ifdef WINCE
        char * buf = my_Tcl_Alloc(sizeof( char [8000]));
#else
        char * buf = new char [8000];
#endif
        parser.Reset (argv[2]);
        parser.SetEndOfInputWarnings (false);
        parser.SetResultWarnings (false);
        parser.ParseMoves (g, buf, 8000);
#ifdef WINCE
        my_Tcl_Free((char*) buf);
#else
        delete[] buf;
#endif
    }

    char boardStr [200];
    g->GetCurrentPos()->MakeLongStr (boardStr);

    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, boardStr, NULL);

    return TCL_OK;
}


//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_pos_probe:
//    Probes tablebases for the current move.
int
sc_pos_probe (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * usage = "Usage: sc_pos probe [score|report|optimal|board <sq>]";
    static const char * options[] = {
        "score", "report", "optimal", "board", NULL
    };
    enum { OPT_SCORE, OPT_REPORT, OPT_OPTIMAL, OPT_BOARD };

    int option = OPT_SCORE;  // Default option is to return the score.
    if (argc >= 3) {
        option = strUniqueMatch(argv[2], options);
    }

    if (option == OPT_REPORT) {
        if (argc != 3) { return errorResult (ti, usage); }
        // Command: sc_probe report
        // Tablebase report:
        DString * tbReport = new DString;
        if (probe_tablebase (ti, PROBE_REPORT, tbReport)) {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, tbReport->Data(), NULL);
        }
        delete tbReport;
    } else if (option == OPT_OPTIMAL) {
        if (argc != 3) { return errorResult (ti, usage); }
        // Command: sc_probe optimal
        // Optimal moves from tablebase:
        DString * tbOptimal = new DString;
        if (probe_tablebase (ti, PROBE_OPTIMAL, tbOptimal)) {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, tbOptimal->Data(), NULL);
        }
        delete tbOptimal;
    } else if (option == OPT_SCORE) {
        int score = 0;
        if (scid_TB_Probe (db->game->GetCurrentPos(), &score) == OK) {
            setIntResult (ti, score);
        }
    } else if (option == OPT_BOARD) {
        return sc_pos_probe_board (cd, ti, argc, argv);
    } else {
        return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_pos_probe_board:
//    Probes tablebases for the current position with one piece
//    (specified by its square) relocated to each empty board square.
int
sc_pos_probe_board (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * usage = "Usage: sc_pos probe board <square>";

    if (argc != 4) { return errorResult (ti, usage); }

    // Try to read the square parameter as algebraic ("h8") or numeric (63):
    squareT sq = strGetSquare (argv[3]);
    if (sq == NULL_SQUARE) {
      int sqInt = strGetInteger (argv[3]);
      if (sqInt >= 0  &&  sqInt <= 63) { sq = sqInt; }
    }

    if (sq == NULL_SQUARE) {
         return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }

    Position pos = *(db->game->GetCurrentPos());
    const pieceT * board = pos.GetBoard();
    if (board[sq] == EMPTY) { return TCL_OK; }

    for (squareT toSq = A1; toSq <= H8; toSq++) {
        const char * result = "";
        if (pos.RelocatePiece (sq, toSq) != OK) {
            result = "X";
        } else {
            int score = 0;
            if (scid_TB_Probe (&pos, &score) != OK) {
                result = "?";
            } else {
                if (score > 0) {
                    result = "+";
                } else if (score < 0) {
                    result = "-";
                } else {
                    result = "=";
                }
            }
            pos.RelocatePiece (toSq, sq);
        }
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, result, NULL);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_pos_setComment:
//    Set the comment for the current move.
int
sc_pos_setComment (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_pos setComment <comment-text>");
    }
    const char * str = argv[2];
    const char * oldComment = db->game->GetMoveComment();

    if (str[0] == 0  || (isspace((char)str[0]) && str[1] == 0)) {
        // No comment: nullify comment if necessary:
        if (oldComment != NULL) {
            db->game->SetMoveComment (NULL);
            db->gameAltered = true;
        }
    } else {
        // Only set the comment if it has actually changed:
        if (oldComment == NULL  ||  !strEqual (str, oldComment)) {
            db->game->SetMoveComment (str);
            db->gameAltered = true;
        }
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}


//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//   NAME commands

UI_res_t sc_name_ratings (UI_handle_t ti, scidBaseT& dbase, const SpellChecker& sp, int argc, const char ** argv);
UI_res_t sc_name_retrievename (UI_handle_t ti, const SpellChecker& sp, int argc, const char ** argv);
UI_res_t sc_name_spellcheck (UI_handle_t ti, scidBaseT& dbase, const SpellChecker& sp, int argc, const char ** argv);


int
sc_name (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    static const char * options [] = {
        "correct", "edit", "info", "match", "plist",
        "ratings", "read", "spellcheck", "retrievename",
        NULL
    };
    enum {
        OPT_CORRECT, OPT_EDIT, OPT_INFO, OPT_MATCH, OPT_PLIST,
        OPT_RATINGS, OPT_READ, OPT_SPELLCHECK, OPT_RETRIEVENAME
    };

    int index = -1;
    if (argc > 1) { index = strUniqueMatch (argv[1], options); }

    if (!db->inUse) {
        return errorResult (ti, ERROR_FileNotOpen, errMsgNotOpen(ti));
    }

    switch (index) {
    case OPT_INFO:
        return sc_name_info (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case OPT_MATCH:
        return sc_name_match (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case OPT_PLIST:
        return sc_name_plist (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case OPT_READ:
        return sc_name_read (cd, ti, argc, argv);
    }

    if (db->isReadOnly() && index != OPT_RETRIEVENAME) {
        return errorResult (ti, ERROR_FileReadOnly);
    }

    switch (index) {
    case OPT_CORRECT:
        return sc_name_correct (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case OPT_EDIT:
        return sc_name_edit (cd, ti, argc, argv);
    };

    if (spellChk == NULL) {
        return UI_Result(ti, ERROR,
            "A spellcheck file has not been loaded.\n\n"
            "You can load one from the Options menu.");
    }

    switch (index) {
    case OPT_RATINGS:
        return sc_name_ratings(ti, *db, *spellChk, argc, argv);

    case OPT_RETRIEVENAME:
        return sc_name_retrievename(ti, *spellChk, argc, argv);

    case OPT_SPELLCHECK:
        return sc_name_spellcheck(ti, *db, *spellChk, argc, argv);

    default:
        return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_name", options);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_name_correct:
//    Corrects specified names in the database.
int
sc_name_correct (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    nameT nt = NAME_INVALID;
    if (argc == 4) { nt = NameBase::NameTypeFromString (argv[2]); }

    if (! NameBase::IsValidNameType(nt)) {
        return errorResult (ti,
                "Usage: sc_name correct p|e|s|r <corrections>");
    }
    NameBase * nb = db->nb;
    const char * str = argv[3];
    char oldName [512];
    char newName [512];
    char birth[128];
    char death[128];
    char line [512];
    uint errorCount = 0;
    uint correctionCount = 0;
    uint instanceCount = 0;
    uint badDateCount = 0;
    uint nameCount = nb->GetNumNames(nt);
    idNumberT * newIDs = new idNumberT [nameCount];
    dateT * startDate = new dateT [nameCount];
    dateT * endDate = new dateT [nameCount];

    for (idNumberT id=0; id < nameCount; id++) {
        newIDs[id] = id;
        startDate[id] = ZERO_DATE;
        endDate[id] = ZERO_DATE;
    }

    while (*str != 0) {
        uint length = 0;
        while (*str != 0  &&  *str != '\n') {
            if (length < 511) { line[length++] = *str; }
            str++;
        }
        line[length] = 0;
        if (*str == '\n') { str++; }
        // Now parse oldName and newName out of line, if the
        // line starts with a double-quote:
        char * s = line;
        if (*s != '"') { continue; }
        birth[0] = 0;
        death[0] = 0;
        int dummyCount = 0;
        if (sscanf (line, "\"%[^\"]\" >> \"%[^\"]\" (%d)  %[0-9.?]--%[0-9.?]",
                    oldName, newName, &dummyCount, birth, death) < 2) {
            continue;
        }

        correctionCount++;

        // Find oldName in the NameBase:
        idNumberT oldID = 0;
        if (nb->FindExactName (nt, oldName, &oldID) != OK) {
            errorCount++;
            continue;
        }

        // Try to add the mapping for this correction:
        idNumberT newIdNumber = 0;
        if (nb->AddName (nt, newName, &newIdNumber) == OK) {
            newIDs [oldID] = newIdNumber;
            startDate[oldID] = date_EncodeFromString (birth);
            endDate[oldID] = date_EncodeFromString (death);
        } else {
            errorCount++;
        }
    }

    if (correctionCount != 0) {

    Progress progress = UI_CreateProgress(ti);
    // Scroll bar threshold (about 200 steps)
    uint threshold = (db->numGames() / 200) + 1;
    // Now go through the index making each necessary change:
    const IndexEntry* ie;
    IndexEntry newIE;
    for (uint i=0, n = db->numGames(); i < n; i++) {
        ie = db->getIndexEntry(i);
        newIE = *ie;
        bool corrected = false;
        idNumberT oldID, newID;

        switch (nt) {
        case NAME_PLAYER:
            for (colorT i = WHITE; i < NUM_COLOR_TYPES; i++) {
                oldID = ie->GetPlayer(i);
                newID = newIDs [oldID];
                if (oldID != newID) {
                    dateT date = ie->GetDate();
                    if (date == ZERO_DATE  || (
                        (startDate[oldID] == ZERO_DATE  ||   date >= startDate[oldID])
                        &&  (endDate[oldID] == ZERO_DATE  ||   date <= endDate[oldID]))) {
                            newIE.SetPlayer(i, newID);
                            corrected = true;
                    } else {
                        badDateCount++;
                    }
                }
            }
            break;

        case NAME_EVENT:
            oldID = ie->GetEvent();
            newID = newIDs [oldID];
            if (oldID != newID) {
                newIE.SetEvent (newID);
                corrected = true;
            }
            break;

        case NAME_SITE:
            oldID = ie->GetSite();
            newID = newIDs [oldID];
            if (oldID != newID) {
                newIE.SetSite (newID);
                corrected = true;
            }
            break;

        case NAME_ROUND:
            oldID = ie->GetRound();
            newID = newIDs [oldID];
            if (oldID != newID) {
                newIE.SetRound (newID);
                corrected = true;
            }
            break;

        default:  // Should never happen!
            ASSERT(0);
        }

        // Write the new index entry if it has changed:
        if (corrected) {
            instanceCount++;
            if (db->idx->WriteEntry (&newIE, i) != OK) {
              delete[] newIDs;
              delete[] startDate;
              delete[] endDate;
              return UI_Result(ti, ERROR_FileWrite);
            }
        }
        
        // Update the scroll bar
        //
        if ((i % threshold) == 0 ) progress.report(i,n);
    }

    // Ensure the scroll bar is complete at this point
    progress.report(1,1);
    }

    delete[] newIDs;
    delete[] startDate;
    delete[] endDate;

    errorT err = db->clearCaches();
    if (err != OK) return UI_Result(ti, ERROR_FileWrite);

    UI_List res(4);
    res.push_back(correctionCount);
    res.push_back(errorCount);
    res.push_back(instanceCount);
    res.push_back(badDateCount);
    return UI_Result(ti, OK, res);
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_name_edit: edits a name in the NameBase. This requires
//    writing the entire index file, since the ID number of
//    the edited name will change.
//    A rating, date or eventdate can also be edited.
//
//    1st arg: player|event|site|round|rating|date|edate
//    2nd arg: "all" / "filter" / "crosstable" (which games to edit)
//    3rd arg: name to edit.
//    4th arg: new name -- it might already exist in the namebase.
int
sc_name_edit (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * usage = "Usage: sc_name edit <type> <oldName> <newName>";
    const char * options[] = {
        "player", "event", "site", "round", "rating",
        "date", "edate", NULL
    };
    enum {
        OPT_PLAYER, OPT_EVENT, OPT_SITE, OPT_ROUND, OPT_RATING,
        OPT_DATE, OPT_EVENTDATE
    };

    int option = -1;
    if (argc > 2) { option = strUniqueMatch (argv[2], options); }

    nameT nt = NAME_PLAYER;
    switch (option) {
    case OPT_PLAYER:  nt = NAME_PLAYER;  break;
    case OPT_EVENT:   nt = NAME_EVENT;   break;
    case OPT_SITE:    nt = NAME_SITE;    break;
    case OPT_ROUND:   nt = NAME_ROUND;   break;
    case OPT_RATING:  break;
    case OPT_DATE:    break;
    case OPT_EVENTDATE:   break;
    default:
        return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }

    if (option == OPT_RATING) {
        if (argc != 7) { return errorResult (ti, usage); }
    } else {
        if (argc != 6) { return errorResult (ti, usage); }
    }

    enum { EDIT_ALL, EDIT_FILTER, EDIT_CTABLE };
    int editSelection = EDIT_ALL;
    switch (argv[3][0]) {
    case 'a': editSelection = EDIT_ALL; break;
    case 'f': editSelection = EDIT_FILTER; break;
    case 'c': editSelection = EDIT_CTABLE; break;
    default:
        return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }

    const char * oldName = argv[4];
    const char * newName = argv[5];
    dateT oldDate = ZERO_DATE;
    dateT newDate = ZERO_DATE;
    eloT newRating = 0;
    byte newRatingType = 0;
    if (option == OPT_RATING) {
        newRating = strGetUnsigned (argv[5]);
        newRatingType = strGetRatingType (argv[6]);
    }
    if (option == OPT_DATE  ||  option == OPT_EVENTDATE) {
        oldDate = date_EncodeFromString (argv[4]);
        newDate = date_EncodeFromString (argv[5]);
    }

    // Find the existing name in the namebase:
    idNumberT oldID = 0;
    if (option != OPT_DATE  &&  option != OPT_EVENTDATE) {
        if (db->getNameBase()->FindExactName (nt, oldName, &oldID) != OK) {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "Sorry, the ", NAME_TYPE_STRING[nt],
                              " name \"", oldName, "\" does not exist.", NULL);
            return TCL_ERROR;
        }
    }

    // Set up crosstable game criteria if necessary:
    idNumberT eventId = 0, siteId = 0;
    dateT eventDate = 0;
    if (editSelection == EDIT_CTABLE) {
        Game * g = db->game;
        if (db->getNameBase()->FindExactName (NAME_EVENT, g->GetEventStr(), &eventId) != OK) {
            return errorResult (ti, "There are no crosstable games.");
        }
        if (db->getNameBase()->FindExactName (NAME_SITE, g->GetSiteStr(), &siteId) != OK) {
            return errorResult (ti, "There are no crosstable games.");
        }

        eventDate = g->GetEventDate();
    }

    // Add the new name to the namebase:
    idNumberT newID = 0;
    if (option != OPT_RATING  &&  option != OPT_DATE  &&  option != OPT_EVENTDATE) {
        errorT errAddName = db->nb->AddName (nt, newName, &newID);
        if (errAddName != OK) return errorResult (ti, errAddName);
    }

    // Now iterate through the index file making any necessary changes:
    const IndexEntry* ie;
    IndexEntry newIE;
    uint numChanges = 0;

    for (uint i=0, n = db->numGames(); i < n; i++) {
        // Check if this game is a candidate for editing:
        if (editSelection == EDIT_FILTER  &&  db->dbFilter->Get (i) == 0) {
            continue;
        }
        ie = db->getIndexEntry(i);
        if (editSelection == EDIT_CTABLE
            && !isCrosstableGame (ie, siteId, eventId, eventDate)) {
            continue;
        }

        // Fetch the index entry and see if any editing is required:
        newIE = *ie;
        int edits = 0;

        switch (option) {
        case OPT_PLAYER:
            if (ie->GetWhite() == oldID) {
                newIE.SetWhite (newID);
                edits++;
            }
            if (ie->GetBlack() == oldID) {
                newIE.SetBlack (newID);
                edits++;
            }
            break;

        case OPT_EVENT:
            if (ie->GetEvent() == oldID) {
                newIE.SetEvent (newID);
                edits++;
            }
            break;

        case OPT_SITE:
            if (ie->GetSite() == oldID) {
                newIE.SetSite (newID);
                edits++;
            }
            break;

        case OPT_ROUND:
            if (ie->GetRound() == oldID) {
                newIE.SetRound (newID);
                edits++;
            }
            break;

        case OPT_DATE:
            if (ie->GetDate() == oldDate) {
                newIE.SetDate (newDate);
                edits++;
            }
            break;

        case OPT_EVENTDATE:
            if (ie->GetEventDate() == oldDate) {
                newIE.SetEventDate (newDate);
                edits++;
            }
            break;

        case OPT_RATING:
            if (ie->GetWhite() == oldID) {
                newIE.SetWhiteElo (newRating);
                newIE.SetWhiteRatingType (newRatingType);
                edits++;
            }
            if (ie->GetBlack() == oldID) {
                newIE.SetBlackElo (newRating);
                newIE.SetBlackRatingType (newRatingType);
                edits++;
            }
            break;

        default:   // Unreachable:
            ASSERT (0);
        }

        // Write this entry if any edits were made:
        if (edits != 0) {
            if (db->idx->WriteEntry (&newIE, i) != OK) {
                return errorResult (ti, "Error writing index file.");
            }
            numChanges += edits;
        }
    }

    errorT err = db->clearCaches();
    if (err != OK) return errorResult (ti, "Error writing database files.");

    char temp[500];
    if (option == OPT_RATING) {
        sprintf (temp, "Edited rating for %u games of \"%s\".",
                 numChanges, oldName);
    } else {
        sprintf (temp, "Changed %u of \"%s\" to \"%s\".",
                 numChanges, oldName, newName);
    }
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
    return TCL_OK;
}
//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_name_retrievename:
//    Check for the right name in spellcheck and return it.
UI_res_t sc_name_retrievename (UI_handle_t ti, const SpellChecker& sp, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * usageStr = "Usage: sc_name retrievename <player>";
    if (argc != 3 ) { return errorResult (ti, usageStr); }
    std::vector<const char*> res = sp.find(NAME_PLAYER, argv[argc-1]);
    return UI_Result(ti, OK, (res.size() == 1) ? res[0] : "");
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_name_info:
//    Prints information given a player name. Reports on the players
//    success rate with white and black, common openings by ECO code,
//    and Elo rating history.
int
sc_name_info (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    static char * lastPlayerName = NULL;
    const char * usageStr = "Usage: sc_name info [-ratings|-htext] <player>";
    uint startYear = 1900;

    if (argc != 3  &&  argc != 4) { return errorResult (ti, usageStr); }

    bool ratingsOnly = false;
    bool htextOutput = false;
    bool setFilter = false;   // Set filter to games by this player
    bool setOpponent = false; // Set filter to games vs this opponent
    bool filter [NUM_COLOR_TYPES][NUM_RESULT_TYPES] =
    {
        { false, false, false, false },
        { false, false, false, false }
    };

    if (argc == 4) {
        const char * opt = argv[2];
        if (strIsPrefix ("-r", opt)) {
            ratingsOnly = true;
            if (strIsPrefix ("-ratings:", opt)) {
                startYear = strGetUnsigned (opt + 9);
            }
        } else if (strIsPrefix ("-h", opt)  &&  strIsPrefix (opt, "-htext")) {
            htextOutput = true;
        } else if (opt[0] == '-'  &&  (opt[1] == 'f' || opt[1] == 'o')) {
            if (opt[1] == 'f') {
                setFilter = true;
            } else {
                setOpponent = true;
            }
            // Parse filter options: a = all, w = wins, d = draws, l = losses
            // for White, and capitalise those for Black.
            const char * fopt = opt + 2;
            while (*fopt != 0) {
                switch (*fopt) {
                case 'a':  // All White games:
                    filter [WHITE][RESULT_White] = true;
                    filter [WHITE][RESULT_Draw] = true;
                    filter [WHITE][RESULT_Black] = true;
                    filter [WHITE][RESULT_None] = true;
                    break;
                case 'A':  // All Black games:
                    filter [BLACK][RESULT_White] = true;
                    filter [BLACK][RESULT_Draw] = true;
                    filter [BLACK][RESULT_Black] = true;
                    filter [BLACK][RESULT_None] = true;
                    break;
                case 'w':  // White wins:
                    filter [WHITE][RESULT_White] = true;
                    break;
                case 'W':  // Black wins:
                    filter [BLACK][RESULT_White] = true;
                    break;
                case 'd':  // White draws:
                    filter [WHITE][RESULT_Draw] = true;
                    break;
                case 'D':  // Black draws:
                    filter [BLACK][RESULT_Draw] = true;
                    break;
                case 'l':  // White losses:
                    filter [WHITE][RESULT_Black] = true;
                    break;
                case 'L':  // Black losses:
                    filter [BLACK][RESULT_Black] = true;
                    break;
                default:
                    return errorResult (ti, usageStr);
                }
                fopt++;
            }
        } else {
            return errorResult (ti, usageStr);
        }
    }

    // Set up player name:
    const char * playerName = argv[argc-1];
    if (strEqual (playerName, "")) {
        if (lastPlayerName != NULL) { playerName = lastPlayerName; }
    } else {
        if (lastPlayerName != NULL) { delete[] lastPlayerName; }
        lastPlayerName = strDuplicate (playerName);
    }

    // Try to find player name in this database:
    idNumberT id = 0;
    if (db->getNameBase()->FindExactName (NAME_PLAYER, playerName, &id) != OK) {
        if (! ratingsOnly) {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "The name \"", playerName,
                              "\" does not exist in this database.", NULL);
        }
        return TCL_OK;
    }

    // Try to find opponent in this database:
    idNumberT opponentId = 0;
    const char * opponent = NULL;
    if (strEqual (playerName, db->game->GetWhiteStr())) {
        opponent = db->game->GetBlackStr();
    } else if (strEqual (playerName, db->game->GetBlackStr())) {
        opponent = db->game->GetWhiteStr();
    }

    if (opponent != NULL) {
        if (db->getNameBase()->FindExactName (NAME_PLAYER, opponent, &opponentId) != OK) {
            opponent = NULL;
        }
    }

    enum {STATS_ALL = 0, STATS_FILTER, STATS_OPP};

    uint whitescore [3][NUM_RESULT_TYPES];
    uint blackscore [3][NUM_RESULT_TYPES];
    uint bothscore [3][NUM_RESULT_TYPES];
    uint whitecount[3] = {0};
    uint blackcount[3] = {0};
    uint totalcount[3] = {0};
    for (uint stat=STATS_ALL; stat <= STATS_OPP; stat++) {
        for (resultT r = 0; r < NUM_RESULT_TYPES; r++) {
            whitescore[stat][r] = 0;
            blackscore[stat][r] = 0;
            bothscore[stat][r] = 0;
        }
    }

    uint ecoCount [NUM_COLOR_TYPES] [50];
    uint ecoScore [NUM_COLOR_TYPES] [50];
    for (uint ecoGroup=0; ecoGroup < 50; ecoGroup++) {
        ecoCount[WHITE][ecoGroup] = ecoCount[BLACK][ecoGroup] = 0;
        ecoScore[WHITE][ecoGroup] = ecoScore[BLACK][ecoGroup] = 0;
    }

    dateT firstGameDate = ZERO_DATE;
    dateT lastGameDate = ZERO_DATE;

    bool seenRating = false;
    const uint monthMax = YEAR_MAX * 12;
    const uint monthMin = startYear * 12;
    eloT * eloByMonth = new eloT [monthMax];
    for (uint month=0; month < monthMax; month++) { eloByMonth[month] = 0; }

    if (setFilter || setOpponent) db->dbFilter->Fill(0);

    for (uint i=0, n = db->numGames(); i < n; i++) {
        const IndexEntry* ie = db->getIndexEntry(i);
        eloT elo = 0;
        ecoT ecoCode = ie->GetEcoCode();
        int ecoClass = -1;
        if (ecoCode != ECO_None) {
            ecoStringT ecoStr;
            eco_ToBasicString (ecoCode, ecoStr);
            if (ecoStr[0] != 0) {
                ecoClass = ((ecoStr[0] - 'A') * 10) + (ecoStr[1] - '0');
                if (ecoClass < 0  ||  ecoClass >= 50) { ecoClass = -1; }
            }
        }

        resultT result = ie->GetResult();
        idNumberT whiteId = ie->GetWhite();
        idNumberT blackId = ie->GetBlack();
        dateT date = ZERO_DATE;

        // Track statistics as white and black:
        if (whiteId == id) {
            date = ie->GetDate();
            elo = ie->GetWhiteElo();
            if (ecoClass >= 0) {
                ecoCount[WHITE][ecoClass]++;
                ecoScore[WHITE][ecoClass] += RESULT_SCORE[result];
            }
            whitescore[STATS_ALL][result]++;
            bothscore[STATS_ALL][result]++;
            whitecount[STATS_ALL]++;
            totalcount[STATS_ALL]++;
            if (db->dbFilter == NULL || db->dbFilter->Get(i) > 0) {
                whitescore[STATS_FILTER][result]++;
                bothscore[STATS_FILTER][result]++;
                whitecount[STATS_FILTER]++;
                totalcount[STATS_FILTER]++;
            }
            if (opponent != NULL  &&  blackId == opponentId) {
                whitescore[STATS_OPP][result]++;
                bothscore[STATS_OPP][result]++;
                whitecount[STATS_OPP]++;
                totalcount[STATS_OPP]++;
                if (setOpponent  &&  filter[WHITE][result]) {
                    db->dbFilter->Set (i, 1);
                }
            }
            if (setFilter  &&  filter[WHITE][result]) {
                db->dbFilter->Set (i, 1);
            }
        } else if (blackId == id) {
            date = ie->GetDate();
            elo = ie->GetBlackElo();
            result = RESULT_OPPOSITE[result];
            if (ecoClass >= 0) {
                ecoCount[BLACK][ecoClass]++;
                ecoScore[BLACK][ecoClass] += RESULT_SCORE[result];
            }
            blackscore[STATS_ALL][result]++;
            bothscore[STATS_ALL][result]++;
            blackcount[STATS_ALL]++;
            totalcount[STATS_ALL]++;
            if (db->dbFilter->Get(i) > 0) {
                blackscore[STATS_FILTER][result]++;
                bothscore[STATS_FILTER][result]++;
                blackcount[STATS_FILTER]++;
                totalcount[STATS_FILTER]++;
            }
            if (opponent != NULL  &&  whiteId == opponentId) {
                blackscore[STATS_OPP][result]++;
                bothscore[STATS_OPP][result]++;
                blackcount[STATS_OPP]++;
                totalcount[STATS_OPP]++;
                if (setOpponent  &&  filter[BLACK][result]) {
                    db->dbFilter->Set (i, 1);
                }
            }
            if (setFilter  &&  filter[BLACK][result]) {
                db->dbFilter->Set (i, 1);
            }
        }

        // Keep track of first and last games by this player:
        if (date != ZERO_DATE) {
            if (firstGameDate == ZERO_DATE  ||  date < firstGameDate) {
                firstGameDate = date;
            }
            if (lastGameDate == ZERO_DATE  ||  date > lastGameDate) {
                lastGameDate = date;
            }
        }

        // Track Elo ratings by month:
        if (elo != 0) {
            uint year = date_GetYear (date);
            if (year > YEAR_MAX) { year = 0; }
            uint month = date_GetMonth (date);
            if (month > 0) { month--; }
            if (month > 11) { month = 0; }
            ASSERT ((year * 12 + month) < monthMax);
            eloByMonth [year * 12 + month] = elo;
            seenRating = true;
        }
    }

    char temp [500];
    uint score, percent;
    colorT color;
    const char * newline = (htextOutput ? "<br>" : "\n");
    const char * startHeading = (htextOutput ? "<darkblue>" : "");
    const char * endHeading = (htextOutput ? "</darkblue>" : "");
    const char * startBold = (htextOutput ? "<b>" : "");
    const char * endBold = (htextOutput ? "</b>" : "");
    uint wWidth = strLength (translate (ti, "White:"));
    uint bWidth = strLength (translate (ti, "Black:"));
    uint tWidth = strLength (translate (ti, "Total:"));
    uint wbtWidth = wWidth;
    if (bWidth > wbtWidth) { wbtWidth = bWidth; }
    if (tWidth > wbtWidth) { wbtWidth = tWidth; }
    const char * fmt = \
     "%s  %-*s %3u%c%02u%%   +%s%3u%s  =%s%3u%s  -%s%3u%s  %4u%c%c /%s%4u%s";
    SpellChecker* spChecker = spellChk;

    if (ratingsOnly) { goto doRatings; }
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, startBold, playerName, endBold, newline, NULL);

    // Show title, country, etc if listed in player spellcheck file:
    if (spChecker != NULL) {
        const PlayerInfo* pInfo = spChecker->getPlayerInfo(playerName);
        if (pInfo) { Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "  ", pInfo->GetComment(), newline, NULL); }
    }
    sprintf (temp, "  %s%u%s %s (%s: %u)",
             htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -faA {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
             totalcount[STATS_ALL],
             htextOutput ? "</run></red>" : "",
             (totalcount[STATS_ALL] == 1 ?
              translate (ti, "game") : translate (ti, "games")),
             translate (ti, "Filter"),
             totalcount[STATS_FILTER]);
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
    if (firstGameDate != ZERO_DATE) {
        date_DecodeToString (firstGameDate, temp);
        strTrimDate (temp);
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, ", ", temp, NULL);
    }
    if (lastGameDate > firstGameDate) {
        date_DecodeToString (lastGameDate, temp);
        strTrimDate (temp);
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "--", temp, NULL);
    }
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, newline, NULL);

    // Print biography if applicable:
    if (spChecker != NULL) {
        std::vector<const char*> bio;
        const PlayerInfo* pInfo = spChecker->getPlayerInfo(playerName, &bio);
        if (pInfo != 0) {
            for (size_t i=0, n=bio.size(); i < n; i++) {
                if (i == 0) {
                    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, newline, startHeading,
                              translate (ti, "Biography"), ":",
                              endHeading, newline, NULL);
                }
                Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "  ", bio[i], newline, NULL);
            }
        }
    }
    // Print stats for all games:

    strCopy (temp, translate (ti, "PInfoAll"));
    if (! htextOutput) { strTrimMarkup (temp); }
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, newline, startHeading, temp, ":",
                      endHeading, newline, NULL);

    score = percent = 0;
    if (whitecount[STATS_ALL] > 0) {
        score = whitescore[STATS_ALL][RESULT_White] * 2
            + whitescore[STATS_ALL][RESULT_Draw]
            + whitescore[STATS_ALL][RESULT_None];
        percent = score * 5000 / whitecount[STATS_ALL];
    }
    sprintf (temp, fmt,
             htextOutput ? "<tt>" : "",
             wbtWidth,
             translate (ti, "White:"),
             percent / 100, decimalPointChar, percent % 100,
             htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -fw {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
             whitescore[STATS_ALL][RESULT_White],
             htextOutput ? "</run></red>" : "",
             htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -fd {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
             whitescore[STATS_ALL][RESULT_Draw],
             htextOutput ? "</run></red>" : "",
             htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -fl {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
             whitescore[STATS_ALL][RESULT_Black],
             htextOutput ? "</run></red>" : "",
             score / 2, decimalPointChar, score % 2 ? '5' : '0',
             htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -fa {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
             whitecount[STATS_ALL],
             htextOutput ? "</run></red></tt>" : "");
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, newline, NULL);

    score = percent = 0;
    if (blackcount[STATS_ALL] > 0) {
        score = blackscore[STATS_ALL][RESULT_White] * 2
            + blackscore[STATS_ALL][RESULT_Draw]
            + blackscore[STATS_ALL][RESULT_None];
        percent = score * 5000 / blackcount[STATS_ALL];
    }
    sprintf (temp, fmt,
             htextOutput ? "<tt>" : "",
             wbtWidth,
             translate (ti, "Black:"),
             percent / 100, decimalPointChar, percent % 100,
             htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -fW {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
             blackscore[STATS_ALL][RESULT_White],
             htextOutput ? "</run></red>" : "",
             htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -fD {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
             blackscore[STATS_ALL][RESULT_Draw],
             htextOutput ? "</run></red>" : "",
             htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -fL {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
             blackscore[STATS_ALL][RESULT_Black],
             htextOutput ? "</run></red>" : "",
             score / 2, decimalPointChar, score % 2 ? '5' : '0',
             htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -fA {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
             blackcount[STATS_ALL],
             htextOutput ? "</run></red></tt>" : "");
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, newline, NULL);

    score = percent = 0;
    if (totalcount[STATS_ALL] > 0) {
        score = bothscore[STATS_ALL][RESULT_White] * 2
            + bothscore[STATS_ALL][RESULT_Draw]
            + bothscore[STATS_ALL][RESULT_None];
        percent = score * 5000 / totalcount[STATS_ALL];
    }
    sprintf (temp, fmt,
             htextOutput ? "<tt>" : "",
             wbtWidth,
             translate (ti, "Total:"),
             percent / 100, decimalPointChar, percent % 100,
             htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -fwW {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
             bothscore[STATS_ALL][RESULT_White],
             htextOutput ? "</run></red>" : "",
             htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -fdD {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
             bothscore[STATS_ALL][RESULT_Draw],
             htextOutput ? "</run></red>" : "",
             htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -flL {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
             bothscore[STATS_ALL][RESULT_Black],
             htextOutput ? "</run></red>" : "",
             score / 2, decimalPointChar, score % 2 ? '5' : '0',
             htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -faA {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
             totalcount[STATS_ALL],
             htextOutput ? "</run></red></tt>" : "");
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, newline, NULL);

    // Now print stats for games in the filter:

    strCopy (temp, translate (ti, "PInfoFilter"));
    if (! htextOutput) { strTrimMarkup (temp); }
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, newline, startHeading, temp, ":",
                      endHeading, newline, NULL);
    score = percent = 0;
    if (whitecount[STATS_FILTER] > 0) {
        score = whitescore[STATS_FILTER][RESULT_White] * 2
            + whitescore[STATS_FILTER][RESULT_Draw]
            + whitescore[STATS_FILTER][RESULT_None];
        percent = score * 5000 / whitecount[STATS_FILTER];
    }
    sprintf (temp, fmt,
             htextOutput ? "<tt>" : "",
             wbtWidth,
             translate (ti, "White:"),
             percent / 100, decimalPointChar, percent % 100,
             "", whitescore[STATS_FILTER][RESULT_White], "",
             "", whitescore[STATS_FILTER][RESULT_Draw], "",
             "", whitescore[STATS_FILTER][RESULT_Black], "",
             score / 2, decimalPointChar, score % 2 ? '5' : '0',
             "", whitecount[STATS_FILTER],
             htextOutput ? "</tt>" : "");
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, newline, NULL);

    score = percent = 0;
    if (blackcount[STATS_FILTER] > 0) {
        score = blackscore[STATS_FILTER][RESULT_White] * 2
            + blackscore[STATS_FILTER][RESULT_Draw]
            + blackscore[STATS_FILTER][RESULT_None];
        percent = score * 5000 / blackcount[STATS_FILTER];
    }
    sprintf (temp, fmt,
             htextOutput ? "<tt>" : "",
             wbtWidth,
             translate (ti, "Black:"),
             percent / 100, decimalPointChar, percent % 100,
             "", blackscore[STATS_FILTER][RESULT_White], "",
             "", blackscore[STATS_FILTER][RESULT_Draw], "",
             "", blackscore[STATS_FILTER][RESULT_Black], "",
             score / 2, decimalPointChar, score % 2 ? '5' : '0',
             "", blackcount[STATS_FILTER],
             htextOutput ? "</tt>" : "");
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, newline, NULL);

    score = percent = 0;
    if (totalcount[STATS_FILTER] > 0) {
        score = bothscore[STATS_FILTER][RESULT_White] * 2
            + bothscore[STATS_FILTER][RESULT_Draw]
            + bothscore[STATS_FILTER][RESULT_None];
        percent = score * 5000 / totalcount[STATS_FILTER];
    }
    sprintf (temp, fmt,
             htextOutput ? "<tt>" : "",
             wbtWidth,
             translate (ti, "Total:"),
             percent / 100, decimalPointChar, percent % 100,
             "", bothscore[STATS_FILTER][RESULT_White], "",
             "", bothscore[STATS_FILTER][RESULT_Draw], "",
             "", bothscore[STATS_FILTER][RESULT_Black], "",
             score / 2, decimalPointChar, score % 2 ? '5' : '0',
             "", totalcount[STATS_FILTER],
             htextOutput ? "</tt>" : "");
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, newline, NULL);

    // Now print stats for games against the current opponent:

    if (opponent != NULL) {
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, newline, startHeading,
                          translate (ti, "PInfoAgainst"), " ",
                          startBold, opponent, endBold, ":",
                          endHeading, newline, NULL);

        score = percent = 0;
        if (whitecount[STATS_OPP] > 0) {
            score = whitescore[STATS_OPP][RESULT_White] * 2
            + whitescore[STATS_OPP][RESULT_Draw]
            + whitescore[STATS_OPP][RESULT_None];
            percent = score * 5000 / whitecount[STATS_OPP];
        }
        sprintf (temp, fmt,
                 htextOutput ? "<tt>" : "",
                 wbtWidth,
                 translate (ti, "White:"),
                 percent / 100, decimalPointChar, percent % 100,
                 htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -ow {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
                 whitescore[STATS_OPP][RESULT_White],
                 htextOutput ? "</run></red>" : "",
                 htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -od {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
                 whitescore[STATS_OPP][RESULT_Draw],
                 htextOutput ? "</run></red>" : "",
                 htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -ol {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
                 whitescore[STATS_OPP][RESULT_Black],
                 htextOutput ? "</run></red>" : "",
                 score / 2, decimalPointChar, score % 2 ? '5' : '0',
                 htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -oa {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
                 whitecount[STATS_OPP],
                 htextOutput ? "</run></red></tt>" : "");
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, newline, NULL);

        score = percent = 0;
        if (blackcount[STATS_OPP] > 0) {
            score = blackscore[STATS_OPP][RESULT_White] * 2
                + blackscore[STATS_OPP][RESULT_Draw]
                + blackscore[STATS_OPP][RESULT_None];
            percent = score * 5000 / blackcount[STATS_OPP];
        }
        sprintf (temp, fmt,
                 htextOutput ? "<tt>" : "",
                 wbtWidth,
                 translate (ti, "Black:"),
                 percent / 100, decimalPointChar, percent % 100,
                 htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -oW {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
                 blackscore[STATS_OPP][RESULT_White],
                 htextOutput ? "</run></red>" : "",
                 htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -oD {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
                 blackscore[STATS_OPP][RESULT_Draw],
                 htextOutput ? "</run></red>" : "",
                 htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -oL {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
                 blackscore[STATS_OPP][RESULT_Black],
                 htextOutput ? "</run></red>" : "",
                 score / 2, decimalPointChar, score % 2 ? '5' : '0',
                 htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -oA {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
                 blackcount[STATS_OPP],
                 htextOutput ? "</run></red></tt>" : "");
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, newline, NULL);

        score = percent = 0;
        if (totalcount[STATS_OPP] > 0) {
            score = bothscore[STATS_OPP][RESULT_White] * 2
                + bothscore[STATS_OPP][RESULT_Draw]
                + bothscore[STATS_OPP][RESULT_None];
            percent = score * 5000 / totalcount[STATS_OPP];
    }
        sprintf (temp, fmt,
                 htextOutput ? "<tt>" : "",
                 wbtWidth,
                 translate (ti, "Total:"),
                 percent / 100, decimalPointChar, percent % 100,
                 htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -owW {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
                 bothscore[STATS_OPP][RESULT_White],
                 htextOutput ? "</run></red>" : "",
                 htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -odD {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
                 bothscore[STATS_OPP][RESULT_Draw],
                 htextOutput ? "</run></red>" : "",
                 htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -olL {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
                 bothscore[STATS_OPP][RESULT_Black],
                 htextOutput ? "</run></red>" : "",
                 score / 2, decimalPointChar, score % 2 ? '5' : '0',
                 htextOutput ? "<red><run sc_name info -oaA {}; ::windows::stats::Refresh>" : "",
                 totalcount[STATS_OPP],
                 htextOutput ? "</run></red></tt>" : "");
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, newline, NULL);
    }

    // Now print common openings played:

    for (color = WHITE; color <= BLACK; color++) {
        for (uint count = 0; count < 6; count++) {
            int mostPlayedIdx = -1;
            uint mostPlayed = 0;
            for (uint i=0; i < 50; i++) {
                if (ecoCount[color][i] > mostPlayed) {
                    mostPlayedIdx = i;
                    mostPlayed = ecoCount[color][i];
                }
            }
            if (mostPlayed > 0) {
                if (count == 0) {
                    const char * s = (color == WHITE ? "PInfoMostWhite" :
                                      "PInfoMostBlack");
                    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, newline, startHeading,
                                      translate (ti, s), ":",
                                      endHeading, newline, NULL);
                } else if (count == 3) {
                    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, newline, NULL);
                }
                Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "   ", NULL);

                temp[0] = mostPlayedIdx / 10 + 'A';
                temp[1] = mostPlayedIdx % 10 + '0';
                temp[2] = 0;
                if (htextOutput) {
                    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "<blue><run ::windows::eco::Refresh ",
                                      temp, ">", NULL);
                }
                Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
                if (htextOutput) {
                    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "</run></blue>", NULL);
                }
                sprintf (temp, ":%3u (%u%%)", mostPlayed,
                         ecoScore[color][mostPlayedIdx] * 50 / mostPlayed);
                Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
                ecoCount[color][mostPlayedIdx] = 0;
            }
        }
    }

  doRatings:
    if (seenRating) {
        if (! ratingsOnly) {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, newline, newline, startHeading,
                              translate (ti, "PInfoRating"), ":",
                              endHeading, NULL);
        }
        eloT previousElo = 0;
        uint count = 0;
        for (uint i = monthMin; i < monthMax; i++) {
            eloT elo = eloByMonth [i];
            if (elo != 0) {
                uint year = i / 12;
                uint month = 1 + (i % 12);
                if (ratingsOnly) {
                    sprintf (temp, "%4u.%02u", year, (month - 1) * 100 / 12);
                    Tcl_AppendElement (ti, temp);
                    sprintf (temp, "%4u", elo);
                    Tcl_AppendElement (ti, temp);
                } else {
                    if (previousElo != elo) {
                        previousElo = elo;
                        count++;
                        if (count % 2) {
                            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, newline, NULL);
                        } else {
                            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "   ", NULL);
                        }
                        sprintf (temp, "    %4u.%02u   %4u", year, month, elo);
                        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }
    delete[] eloByMonth;
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_name_match: returns the first N matching names,
//    or fewer if there are not N matches, given a substring
//    to search for.
//    Output is a Tcl list, to be read in pairs: the first element of
//    each pair is the frequency, the second contains the name.
//
//    1st arg: "p" (player) / "e" (event) / "s" (site) / "r" (round)
//    2nd arg: prefix string to search for.
//    3rd arg: maximum number of matches to return.
//    Example: sc_nameMatch player "Speel" 10
int
sc_name_match (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * usage = \
        "Usage: sc_name match [-elo] <nameType> <prefix> <maxMatches>";

    int arg = 2;
    int argsleft = argc - 2;
    bool eloMode = false;  // In elo mode, return player peak ratings.
    if (argsleft < 3) { return errorResult (ti, usage); }
    if (argv[arg][0] == '-'  &&  strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "-elo")) {
        eloMode = true;
        arg++;
        argsleft--;
    }
    if (argsleft != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }

    nameT nt = NameBase::NameTypeFromString (argv[arg++]);
    if (nt == NAME_INVALID) {
        return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }

    const char * prefix = argv[arg++];
    uint maxMatches = strGetUnsigned (argv[arg++]);
    if (maxMatches == 0) { return TCL_OK; }
    idNumberT * array = new idNumberT [maxMatches];
    uint matches = db->getNameBase()->GetFirstMatches (nt, prefix, maxMatches, array);
    for (uint i=0; i < matches; i++) {
        uint freq = db->getNameFreq(nt, array[i]);
        const char * str = db->getNameBase()->GetName (nt, array[i]);
        appendUintElement (ti, freq);
        Tcl_AppendElement (ti, str);
        if (nt == NAME_PLAYER  &&  eloMode) {
            appendUintElement (ti, db->getNameBase()->GetElo (array[i]));
        }
    }
    delete[] array;

    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_name_plist:
//   Returns a list of play data matching selected criteria.
struct PlayerActivity {
    dateT firstDate;
    dateT lastDate;

    PlayerActivity() : firstDate(ZERO_DATE), lastDate(ZERO_DATE) {}
    void addDate(dateT date) {
        if (firstDate == ZERO_DATE || date < firstDate) firstDate = date;
        if (date > lastDate) lastDate = date;
    }
};

class PListSort{
    scidBaseT* dbase_;
    int sort_;
    const std::vector<PlayerActivity>& activity_;
    enum { SORT_ELO, SORT_GAMES, SORT_OLDEST, SORT_NEWEST, SORT_NAME };

public:
    PListSort(scidBaseT* dbase, const std::vector<PlayerActivity>& activity, int sortOrder)
    : dbase_(dbase), sort_(sortOrder), activity_(activity) {
	}
    bool operator() (idNumberT p1, idNumberT p2)
    {
        const NameBase* nb = dbase_->getNameBase();
        int compare = 0;
        switch (sort_) {
        case SORT_ELO:
            compare = nb->GetElo(p2) - nb->GetElo(p1);
            break;
        case SORT_GAMES:
            compare = dbase_->getNameFreq(NAME_PLAYER, p2) - dbase_->getNameFreq(NAME_PLAYER, p1);
            break;
        case SORT_OLDEST:
             // Sort by oldest game year in ascending order:
            compare = date_GetYear(activity_[p1].firstDate) - date_GetYear(activity_[p2].firstDate);
            break;
        case SORT_NEWEST:
             // Sort by newest game date in descending order:
            compare = date_GetYear(activity_[p2].lastDate) - date_GetYear(activity_[p1].lastDate);
            break;
        }

        // If equal, resolve by comparing names, first case-insensitive and
        // then case-sensitively if still tied:
        if (compare == 0) {
            const char* name1 = nb->GetName (NAME_PLAYER, p1);
            const char* name2 = nb->GetName (NAME_PLAYER, p2);
            compare = strCaseCompare (name1, name2);
            if (compare == 0) { compare = strCompare (name1, name2); }
        }
        return compare < 0;
    }
};

int
sc_name_plist (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * usage = "Usage: sc_name plist [-<option> <value> ...]";

    scidBaseT* dbase = db;
    const char * namePrefix = "";
    uint minGames = 0;
    uint maxGames = dbase->numGames();
    uint minElo = 0;
    uint maxElo = MAX_ELO;
    size_t count = 10;

    static const char * options [] = {
        "-name", "-minElo", "-maxElo", "-minGames", "-maxGames",
        "-size", "-sort", NULL
    };
    enum {
        OPT_NAME, OPT_MINELO, OPT_MAXELO, OPT_MINGAMES, OPT_MAXGAMES,
        OPT_SIZE, OPT_SORT
    };

    // Valid sort types:
    static const char * sortModes [] = {
        "elo", "games", "oldest", "newest", "name", NULL
    };
    enum {
        SORT_ELO, SORT_GAMES, SORT_OLDEST, SORT_NEWEST, SORT_NAME
    };

    int sortMode = SORT_NAME;

    // Read parameters in pairs:
    int arg = 2;
    while (arg+1 < argc) {
        const char * option = argv[arg];
        const char * value = argv[arg+1];
        arg += 2;
        int index = strUniqueMatch (option, options);
        switch (index) {
            case OPT_NAME:     namePrefix = value;                   break;
            case OPT_MINELO:   minElo = strGetUnsigned (value);      break;
            case OPT_MAXELO:   maxElo = strGetUnsigned (value);      break;
            case OPT_MINGAMES: minGames = strGetUnsigned (value);    break;
            case OPT_MAXGAMES: maxGames = strGetUnsigned (value);    break;
            case OPT_SIZE:     count = strGetUnsigned (value); break;
            case OPT_SORT:
               sortMode = strUniqueMatch (value, sortModes);
               break;
            default:
                return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_name plist", options);
        }
    }

    if (arg != argc) { return errorResult (ti, usage); }
    if (sortMode == -1) return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_name plist -sort", sortModes);


    const NameBase* nb = dbase->getNameBase();
    idNumberT nPlayers = nb->GetNumNames(NAME_PLAYER);

    std::vector<idNumberT> plist;
    for (idNumberT id = 0; id < nPlayers; id++) {
        const char * name = nb->GetName (NAME_PLAYER, id);
        uint nGames = db->getNameFreq (NAME_PLAYER, id);
        eloT elo = nb->GetElo (id);
        if (nGames < minGames  ||  nGames > maxGames) { continue; }
        if (elo < minElo  ||  elo > maxElo) { continue; }
        if (! strIsCasePrefix (namePrefix, name)) { continue; }
        plist.push_back(id);
    }

    std::vector<PlayerActivity> activity(nPlayers);
    for (gamenumT gnum=0, n = dbase->numGames(); gnum < n; gnum++) {
        const IndexEntry* ie = dbase->getIndexEntry(gnum);
        dateT date = ie->GetDate();
        if (date_GetYear(date) > 0) {
            activity[ie->GetWhite()].addDate(date);
            activity[ie->GetBlack()].addDate(date);
        }
    }

    count = std::min(count, plist.size());
    std::partial_sort(plist.begin(), plist.begin() + count, plist.end(), PListSort(dbase, activity, sortMode));

    UI_List res(count);
    UI_List info(5);
    for (size_t i=0; i < count; i++) {
        idNumberT id = plist[i];
        info.clear();
        info.push_back(dbase->getNameFreq(NAME_PLAYER, id));
        info.push_back(date_GetYear(activity[id].firstDate));
        info.push_back(date_GetYear(activity[id].lastDate));
        info.push_back(nb->GetElo(id));
        info.push_back(nb->GetName(NAME_PLAYER, id));
        res.push_back(info);
    }

    return UI_Result(ti, OK, res);
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_name_ratings:
//   Scan the current database for games with unrated players who
//   have Elo rating information in the spellcheck file, and fill
//   in the missing Elo ratings.
//
//   Boolean options:
//      -nomonth (default=true): indicates whether games with no month
//           should still have ratings allocated, assuming the month
//           to be January.
//      -update (default=true): indicates whether the database should
//           be updated; if it is false, no actual changes are made.
//      -debug (default=false): for debugging; it dumps all detected
//           rating changes, one per line, to stdout.
//      -test (default=false): tests whether a sspelling file with
//           rating info is loaded and can be used on this database.
//      -overwrite (default=false): if true, existing ratings can be
//           changed.
//
//   Returns a two-integer list: the number of changed ratings, and
//   the number of changed games.
UI_res_t sc_name_ratings (UI_handle_t ti, scidBaseT& dbase, const SpellChecker& sp, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * options[] = {
        "-nomonth", "-update", "-debug", "-test", "-change", "-filter" };
    enum {
        OPT_NOMONTH, OPT_UPDATE, OPT_DEBUG, OPT_TEST, OPT_CHANGE, OPT_FILTER
    };

    bool doGamesWithNoMonth = true;
    bool updateIndexFile = true;
    bool printEachChange = false;
    bool testOnly = false;
    bool overwrite = false;
    bool filterOnly = false;

    int arg = 2;
    while (arg+1 < argc) {
        int option = strUniqueMatch (argv[arg], options);
        bool value = strGetBoolean (argv[arg+1]);
        switch (option) {
            case OPT_NOMONTH:   doGamesWithNoMonth = value; break;
            case OPT_UPDATE:    updateIndexFile = value;    break;
            case OPT_DEBUG:     printEachChange = value;    break;
            case OPT_TEST:      testOnly = value;           break;
            case OPT_CHANGE:    overwrite = value;          break;
            case OPT_FILTER:    filterOnly = value;         break;
            default: return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_name ratings", options);
        }
        arg += 2;
    }

    if (! sp.hasEloData()) {
        return UI_Result(ti, ERROR, "The current spellcheck file does not have "
                          "Elo rating information.\n\n"
                          "To use this function, you should load "
                          "\"ratings.ssp\" (available from the Scid website) "
                          "as your spellcheck file first.");
    }

    if (testOnly) { return UI_Result(ti, OK); }

    uint numChangedRatings = 0;
    uint numChangedGames = 0;
    const NameBase* nb = dbase.getNameBase();
    std::vector<bool> cached(nb->GetNumNames(NAME_PLAYER), false);
    std::vector<const PlayerElo*> vElo(nb->GetNumNames(NAME_PLAYER), NULL);
    const HFilter filter = dbase.getFilter("dbfilter");

    Progress progress = UI_CreateProgress(ti);
    for (uint gnum=0, n = dbase.numGames(); gnum < n; gnum++) {
        if ((gnum % 1000) == 0) {  // Update the percentage done bar:
            if (!progress.report(gnum, n)) break;
        }
        if (filterOnly && filter.get(gnum) == 0) continue;

        const IndexEntry* ie = dbase.getIndexEntry(gnum);
        dateT date = ie->GetDate();
        if (date_GetMonth(date) == 0  &&  !doGamesWithNoMonth) { continue; }

        eloT newElo[NOCOLOR] = {0};
        for (colorT col = WHITE; col < NOCOLOR; col++) {
            if (!overwrite && ie->GetElo(col) != 0) continue;

            idNumberT id = ie->GetPlayer(col);
            if (! cached[id]) {
                cached[id] = true;
                vElo[id] = sp.getPlayerElo(nb->GetName(NAME_PLAYER, id));
            }
            newElo[col] = (vElo[id]) ? vElo[id]->getElo(date) : 0;
            if (newElo[col] != 0) {
                numChangedRatings++;
                if (printEachChange) {
                    printf ("%4u  %4u.%02u  %s\n", newElo[col],
                            date_GetYear(date), date_GetMonth(date),
                            nb->GetName(NAME_PLAYER, id));
                }
            }
        }

        if (newElo[WHITE] != 0 || newElo[BLACK] != 0) {
            numChangedGames++;
            if (updateIndexFile) {
                IndexEntry newIE = *ie;
                if (newElo[WHITE] != 0) {
                    newIE.SetWhiteElo (newElo[WHITE]);
                    newIE.SetWhiteRatingType (RATING_Elo);
                }
                if (newElo[BLACK] != 0) {
                    newIE.SetBlackElo (newElo[BLACK]);
                    newIE.SetBlackRatingType (RATING_Elo);
                }
                if (dbase.idx->WriteEntry (&newIE, gnum) != OK) {
                    dbase.clearCaches();
                    return UI_Result(ti, ERROR_FileWrite, "Error writing index file.");
                }
            }
        }
    }
    if (numChangedGames > 0) dbase.clearCaches();

    UI_List res(2);
    res.push_back(numChangedRatings);
    res.push_back(numChangedGames);
    return UI_Result(ti, OK, res);
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_name_read:
//   Reads a Scid name spelling file into memory, and returns a list of
//   four integers: the number of player, event, site and round names in
//   the file.
//   If there is no filename argument, sc_name_read just returns the same
//   list for the current spellchecker status without reading a new file.
int
sc_name_read (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc > 5) {
        return UI_Result(ti, ERROR_BadArg, "Usage: sc_name read <spellcheck-file>");
    }

    if (argc > 2) {
        const char * filename = argv[2];
        Progress progress = UI_CreateProgress(ti);
        std::pair<errorT, SpellChecker*> newSpell = SpellChecker::Create(filename, progress);
        if (newSpell.first != OK) {
            return UI_Result(ti, newSpell.first, "Error reading name spellcheck file.");
        }
        if (spellChk != NULL) { delete spellChk; }
        spellChk = newSpell.second;
        progress.report(1, 1);
    }

    UI_List res(NUM_NAME_TYPES);
    for (nameT i = 0; i < NUM_NAME_TYPES; i++) {
        uint n = (spellChk == NULL) ? 0 : spellChk->numCorrectNames(i);
        res.push_back(n);
    }
    return UI_Result(ti, OK, res);
}


//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_name_spellcheck:
//   Scan the current database for spelling corrections.
UI_res_t sc_name_spellcheck (UI_handle_t ti, scidBaseT& dbase, const SpellChecker& sp, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    nameT nt = NAME_INVALID;
    uint maxCorrections = 20000;
    bool doSurnames = false;
    bool ambiguous = true;
    const char * usage = "Usage: sc_name spellcheck [-max <integer>] [-surnames <boolean>] [-ambiguous <boolean>] players|events|sites|rounds";

    const char * options[] = {
        "-max", "-surnames", "-ambiguous", NULL
    };
    enum {
        OPT_MAX, OPT_SURNAMES, OPT_AMBIGUOUS
    };
    
    int arg = 2;
    while (arg+1 < argc) {
        const char * option = argv[arg];
        const char * value = argv[arg+1];
        arg += 2;
        int index = -1;
        if (option[0] == '-') { index = strUniqueMatch (option, options); }

        switch (index) {
        case OPT_MAX:
            maxCorrections = strGetUnsigned (value);
            if ( maxCorrections == 0 ) {
                maxCorrections = (uint)-1;
            }
            break;
        case OPT_SURNAMES:
            doSurnames = strGetBoolean (value);
            break;
        case OPT_AMBIGUOUS:
            ambiguous = strGetBoolean (value);
            break;
        default:
            return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_name spellcheck", options);
        }
    }
    if (arg+1 != argc) { return errorResult (ti, usage); }
    nt = NameBase::NameTypeFromString (argv[arg]);

    if (! NameBase::IsValidNameType (nt)) {
        return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }

    const NameBase* nb = dbase.getNameBase();
    std::vector<std::string> tmpRes;
    char tempStr[1024];
    uint correctionCount = 0;
    
    Progress progress = UI_CreateProgress(ti);
    // Check every name of the specified type:
    for (idNumberT id=0, n=nb->GetNumNames(nt); id < n; id++) {
        if (correctionCount >= maxCorrections) break;

        if ((id % 1000) == 0) {  // Update the percentage done bar:
            if (!progress.report(id, n)) break;
        }

        uint frequency = db->getNameFreq(nt, id);
        // Do not bother trying to correct unused names:
        if (frequency == 0) continue;

        const char* origName = nb->GetName(nt, id);
        // If requested ignore surnames
        if (nt == NAME_PLAYER  &&  !doSurnames  && strIsSurnameOnly (origName)) continue;

        // First, check for a general prefix or suffix correction:
        std::string name = origName;
        size_t nGenCorrections = sp.getGeneralCorrections(nt).normalize(&name);

        // If spellchecking names, remove any country code like " (USA)"
        // in parentheses at the end of the name:
        if (nt == NAME_PLAYER) {
            size_t country = name.rfind(" (");
            if (country != std::string::npos && (country + 6) == name.length()) {
                if (*(name.rbegin()) == ')') name.erase(country);
            }
        }

        std::vector<const char*> corrections = sp.find(nt, name.c_str());
        // If requested ignore ambiguous corrections
        if (!ambiguous && corrections.size() > 1) continue;

        if (nGenCorrections != 0 && corrections.size() == 0) {
            corrections.push_back(name.c_str());
        }

        std::string correctCmd;
        const char* strAmbiguous = corrections.size() > 1 ? "Ambiguous: " : "";
        for (size_t i=0; i < corrections.size(); i++) {
            if (strcmp(origName, corrections[i]) == 0) {
                if (corrections.size() != 1) {
                    correctCmd.append("ERROR: " + name);
                }
                continue;
            }
            if (i==0) correctionCount++;

            sprintf (tempStr, "%s\"%s\"\t>> \"%s\" (%u)",
                              strAmbiguous,
                              origName,
                              corrections[i],
                              frequency);
            correctCmd += tempStr;

            if (nt == NAME_PLAYER) { // Look for a player birthdate:
                const PlayerInfo* pInfo = sp.getPlayerInfo(corrections[i]);
                dateT birthdate = pInfo->getBirthdate();
                dateT deathdate = pInfo->getDeathdate();
                if (birthdate != ZERO_DATE  ||  deathdate != ZERO_DATE) {
                    correctCmd += "  ";
                    if (birthdate != ZERO_DATE) {
                        date_DecodeToString (birthdate, tempStr);
                        correctCmd += tempStr;
                    }
                    correctCmd += "--";
                    if (deathdate != ZERO_DATE) {
                        date_DecodeToString (deathdate, tempStr);
                        correctCmd += tempStr;
                    }
                }
            }
            correctCmd += "\n";
        }

        if (!correctCmd.empty()) tmpRes.push_back(correctCmd);
    }

    std::sort(tmpRes.begin(), tmpRes.end());

    progress.report(1,1);

    // Now generate the return message:
    sprintf (tempStr, "Scid found %u %s name correction%s.\n",
             correctionCount, NAME_TYPE_STRING[nt],
             strPlural (correctionCount));
    std::string res = tempStr;
    res +=
        "Edit the list to remove any corrections you do not want.\n"
        "Only lines of the form:\n"
        "   \"Old Name\" >> \"New Name\"\n"
        "(with no spaces before the \"Old Name\") are processed.\n"
        "You can discard a correction you do not want by deleting\n"
        "its line, or simply by adding a space or any other character\n"
        "at the start of the line.\n";
    if (nt == NAME_PLAYER  &&  ! doSurnames) {
        res +=
            "Note: player names with a surname only, such as \"Kramnik\",\n"
            "have not been corrected, since such corrections are often\n"
            "wrong. You can choose to also show surname-only corrections\n"
            "using the button below.\n";
    }
    res += "\n";
    std::vector<std::string>::const_iterator it = tmpRes.begin();
    std::vector<std::string>::const_iterator it_Ambiguous =
        std::lower_bound(tmpRes.begin(), tmpRes.end(), "Ambig");
    for (;it != it_Ambiguous; it++) {
        res += *it;
    }
    for (;it != tmpRes.end(); it++) {
        res += "\n";
        res += *it;
    }
    return UI_Result(ti, OK, res);
}



//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//  OPENING/PLAYER REPORT functions

static uint
avgGameLength (resultT result)
{
    uint sum = 0;
    uint count = 0;
    for (gamenumT i=0, n = db->numGames(); i < n; i++) {
        const IndexEntry* ie = db->getIndexEntry(i);
        if (result == ie->GetResult()) {
            count++;
            sum += ((ie->GetNumHalfMoves() + 1) / 2);
        }
    }
    if (count == 0) { return 0; }
    return (sum + (count/2)) / count;
}

int
sc_report (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    static const char * options [] = {
        "avgLength", "best", "counts", "create", "eco", "elo",
        "endmaterial", "format", "frequency", "line", "max", "moveOrders",
        "notes", "players", "print", "score", "select", "themes", NULL
    };
    enum {
        OPT_AVGLENGTH, OPT_BEST, OPT_COUNTS, OPT_CREATE, OPT_ECO, OPT_ELO,
        OPT_ENDMAT, OPT_FORMAT, OPT_FREQ, OPT_LINE, OPT_MAX, OPT_MOVEORDERS,
        OPT_NOTES, OPT_PLAYERS, OPT_PRINT, OPT_SCORE, OPT_SELECT, OPT_THEMES
    };

    static const char * usage =
        "Usage: sc_report opening|player <command> [<options...>]";
    OpTable * report = NULL;
    if (argc < 2) {
        return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }
    switch (argv[1][0]) {
        case 'O': case 'o':  report = reports[REPORT_OPENING]; break;
        case 'P': case 'p':  report = reports[REPORT_PLAYER]; break;
        default:
            return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }

    DString * dstr = NULL;
    int index = strUniqueMatch (argv[2], options);

    if (! db->inUse) {
        return errorResult (ti, errMsgNotOpen(ti));
    }
    if (index >= 0  &&  index != OPT_CREATE  &&  report == NULL) {
        return errorResult (ti, "No report has been created yet.");
    }

    const scidBaseT::Stats& stats = db->getStats();
    switch (index) {
    case OPT_AVGLENGTH:
        if (argc != 4) {
            return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_report player|opening avgLength 1|=|0|*");
        } else {
            resultT result = strGetResult (argv[3]);
            appendUintElement (ti, report->AvgLength (result));
            appendUintElement (ti, avgGameLength (result));
        }
        break;

    case OPT_BEST:
        if (argc != 5) {
            return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_report opening|player best w|b|a|o|n <count>");
        }
        dstr = new DString;
        report->BestGames (dstr, strGetUnsigned(argv[4]), argv[3]);
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, dstr->Data(), NULL);
        break;

    case OPT_COUNTS:
        appendUintElement (ti, report->GetTotalCount());
        appendUintElement (ti, report->GetTheoryCount());
        break;

    case OPT_CREATE:
        return sc_report_create (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case OPT_ECO:
        if (argc > 3) {
            dstr = new DString();
            report->TopEcoCodes (dstr, strGetUnsigned(argv[3]));
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, dstr->Data(), NULL);
        } else {
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, report->GetEco(), NULL);
        }
        break;

    case OPT_ELO:
        if (argc != 4) {
            return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_report opening|player elo white|black");
        } else {
            colorT color = WHITE;
            uint count = 0;
            uint pct = 0;
            uint perf = 0;
            if (argv[3][0] == 'B'  ||  argv[3][0] == 'b') { color = BLACK; }
            uint avg = report->AvgElo (color, &count, &pct, &perf);
            appendUintElement (ti, avg);
            appendUintElement (ti, count);
            appendUintElement (ti, pct);
            appendUintElement (ti, perf);
        }
        break;

    case OPT_ENDMAT:
        dstr = new DString;
        report->EndMaterialReport (dstr,
                       translate (ti, "OprepReportGames", "Report games"),
                       translate (ti, "OprepAllGames", "All games"));
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, dstr->Data(), NULL);
        break;

    case OPT_FORMAT:
        if (argc != 4) {
            return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_report opening|player format latex|html|text|ctext");
        }
        report->SetFormat (argv[3]);
        break;

    case OPT_FREQ:
        if (argc != 4) {
            return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_report opening|player frequency 1|=|0|*");
        } else {
            resultT result = strGetResult (argv[3]);
            appendUintElement (ti, report->PercentFreq (result));
            uint freq = stats.nResults[result] * 1000;
            freq = freq / db->numGames();
            appendUintElement (ti, freq);
        }
        break;

    case OPT_LINE:
        dstr = new DString;
        report->PrintStemLine (dstr);
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, dstr->Data(), NULL);
        break;

    case OPT_MAX:
        if (argc == 4  &&  argv[3][0] == 'g') {
            return setUintResult (ti, OPTABLE_MAX_TABLE_LINES);
        } else if (argc == 4  &&  argv[3][0] == 'r') {
            return setUintResult (ti, OPTABLE_MAX_ROWS);
        }
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_report opening|player max games|rows");

    case OPT_MOVEORDERS:
        if (argc != 4) {
            return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_report opening|player moveOrders <count>");
        }
        dstr = new DString;
        report->PopularMoveOrders (dstr, strGetUnsigned(argv[3]));
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, dstr->Data(), NULL);
        break;

    case OPT_NOTES:
        if (argc < 4  ||  argc > 5) {
            return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_report opening|player notes <0|1> [numrows]");
        }
        report->ClearNotes ();
        if (strGetBoolean (argv[3])  &&  report->GetNumLines() > 0) {
            report->GuessNumRows ();
            if (argc > 4) {
                uint nrows = strGetUnsigned (argv[4]);
                if (nrows > 0) { report->SetNumRows (nrows); }
            }
            dstr = new DString;
            // Print the table just to set up notes, but there is
            // no need to return the result:
            report->PrintTable (dstr, "", "");
        }
        break;

    case OPT_PLAYERS:
        if (argc != 5) {
            return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_report opening|player players w|b <count>");
        } else {
            colorT color = WHITE;
            if (argv[3][0] == 'B'  ||  argv[3][0] == 'b') { color = BLACK; }
            dstr = new DString;
            report->TopPlayers (dstr, color, strGetUnsigned(argv[4]));
            Tcl_AppendResult (ti, dstr->Data(), NULL);
        }
        break;

    case OPT_PRINT:
        if (argc < 3  ||  argc > 6) {
            return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_report opening|players print [numrows] [title] [comment]");
        }
        report->GuessNumRows ();
        if (argc > 3) {
            uint nrows = strGetUnsigned (argv[3]);
            if (nrows > 0) { report->SetNumRows (nrows); }
        }
        dstr = new DString;
        report->PrintTable (dstr, argc > 4 ? argv[4] : "",
                             argc > 5 ? argv[5] : "");
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, dstr->Data(), NULL);
        break;

    case OPT_SCORE:
        appendUintElement (ti, report->PercentScore());
        {
            uint percent = stats.nResults[RESULT_White] * 2;
            percent += stats.nResults[RESULT_Draw];
            percent = percent * 500;
            uint sum = (stats.nResults[RESULT_White] +
                                 stats.nResults[RESULT_Draw] +
                                 stats.nResults[RESULT_Black]);
            if (sum != 0)
            	percent = percent / sum;
            	else
            	percent = 0;
            appendUintElement (ti, percent);
        }
        break;

    case OPT_SELECT:
        return sc_report_select (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case OPT_THEMES:
        dstr = new DString;
        report->ThemeReport (dstr, argc - 3, (const char **) argv + 3);
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, dstr->Data(), NULL);
        break;

    default:
        return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_report", options);
    }

    if (dstr != NULL) { delete dstr; }
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_report_create:
//    Creates a new opening table.
//    NOTE: It assumes the filter contains the results
//    of a tree search for the current position, so
//    the Tcl code that calls this need to ensure that
//    is done first.
int
sc_report_create (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    uint maxThemeMoveNumber = 20;
    uint maxExtraMoves = 1;
    uint maxLines = OPTABLE_MAX_TABLE_LINES;
    static const char * usage =
        "Usage: sc_report opening|player create [maxExtraMoves] [maxLines] [excludeMove]";

    uint reportType = 0;
    if (argc < 2) {
        return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }

    switch (argv[1][0]) {
        case 'O': case 'o':  reportType = REPORT_OPENING; break;
        case 'P': case 'p':  reportType = REPORT_PLAYER; break;
        default:
            return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }

    if (argc > 3) {
        maxExtraMoves = strGetUnsigned (argv[3]);
    }
    if (argc > 4) {
        maxLines = strGetUnsigned (argv[4]);
        if (maxLines > OPTABLE_MAX_TABLE_LINES) {
            maxLines = OPTABLE_MAX_TABLE_LINES;
        }
        if (maxLines == 0) { maxLines = 1; }
    }
    const char * excludeMove = "";
    if (argc > 5) { excludeMove = argv[5]; }
    if (excludeMove[0] == '-') { excludeMove = ""; }

    if (reports[reportType] != NULL) {
        delete reports[reportType];
    }
    OpTable * report = new OpTable (reportTypeName[reportType], db->game, ecoBook);
    reports[reportType] = report;
    report->SetMaxTableLines (maxLines);
    report->SetExcludeMove (excludeMove);
    report->SetDecimalChar (decimalPointChar);
    report->SetMaxThemeMoveNumber (maxThemeMoveNumber);

    Progress progress = UI_CreateProgress(ti);

    for (uint gnum=0, n = db->numGames(); gnum < n; gnum++) {
        if ((gnum % 2000) == 0) {  // Update the percentage done bar:
            if (!progress.report(gnum, n)) break;
        }

        byte ply = db->dbFilter->Get(gnum);
        const IndexEntry* ie = db->getIndexEntry(gnum);
        if (ply != 0) {
            if (db->getGame(ie, db->bbuf) != OK) {
                return errorResult (ti, "Error reading game file.");
            }
            if (scratchGame->Decode (db->bbuf, GAME_DECODE_ALL) != OK) {
                return errorResult (ti, "Error decoding game.");
            }
            scratchGame->LoadStandardTags (ie, db->getNameBase());
            scratchGame->MoveToPly (ply - 1);
            if (scratchGame->AtEnd()) ply = 0;
            if (ply != 0) {
                uint moveOrderID = report->AddMoveOrder (scratchGame);
                OpLine * line = new OpLine (scratchGame, ie, gnum+1,
                                            maxExtraMoves, maxThemeMoveNumber);
                if (report->Add (line)) {
                    line->SetMoveOrderID (moveOrderID);
                } else {
                    delete line;
                }
            }
        }
        report->AddEndMaterial (ie->GetFinalMatSig(), (ply != 0));
    }
    progress.report(1,1);

    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_report_select:
//    Restricts the filter to only contain games
//    in the opening report matching the specified
//    opening/endgame theme or note number.
int
sc_report_select (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    static const char * usage =
        "Usage: sc_report opening|player select <op|eg|note> <number>";
    if (argc != 5) {
        return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }
    OpTable * report = NULL;
    switch (argv[1][0]) {
        case 'O': case 'o':  report = reports[REPORT_OPENING]; break;
        case 'P': case 'p':  report = reports[REPORT_PLAYER]; break;
        default:
            return errorResult (ti, usage);
    }

    char type = tolower (argv[3][0]);
    uint number = strGetUnsigned (argv[4]);

    uint * matches = report->SelectGames (type, number);
    uint * match = matches;
    db->dbFilter->Fill(0);
    while (*match != 0) {
        uint gnum = *match - 1;
        match++;
        uint ply = *match + 1;
        match++;
        db->dbFilter->Set (gnum, ply);
    }
    delete[] matches;

    return TCL_OK;
}


//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//  SEARCH and TREE functions

int
sc_tree (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    static const char * options [] = {
        "best", "move", "positions", "search", "size",
        "cachesize", "cacheinfo", NULL
    };
    enum {
        TREE_BEST, TREE_MOVE, TREE_POSITIONS, TREE_SEARCH, TREE_SIZE,
        TREE_CACHESIZE, TREE_CACHEINFO
    };

    int index = -1;
    if (argc > 1) { index = strUniqueMatch (argv[1], options); }

    switch (index) {
    case TREE_MOVE:
        return sc_tree_move (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case TREE_POSITIONS:
        // Return the number of positions cached:
        return setUintResult (ti, db->treeCache.UsedSize());

    case TREE_SEARCH:
        return sc_tree_search (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case TREE_SIZE:
        return setUintResult (ti, db->treeCache.Size());

    case TREE_CACHESIZE:
        return sc_tree_cachesize (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case TREE_CACHEINFO:
        return sc_tree_cacheinfo (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    default:
        return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_tree", options);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}


//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_tree_move:
//    Returns the move for a tree line.
//    Arg can be in the range [1.. numTreeLines].
//    It can also be "random" to request a random move selected
//    according to the frequency of each move in the tree.
int
sc_tree_move (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 4) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_tree move <baseNum> <lineNum>");
    }

    const scidBaseT* base = DBasePool::getBase(strGetUnsigned(argv[2]));
    if (base == 0) return UI_Result(ti, ERROR_FileNotOpen);

    int selection = strGetInteger (argv[3]);
    if (argv[3][0] == 'r'  &&  strIsPrefix (argv[3], "random")) {
        uint total = base->tree.totalCount;
        if (total == 0) { return TCL_OK; }
        uint r = rand() % total;
        uint sum = 0;
        for (uint i=0; i < base->tree.moveCount; i++) {
            sum += base->tree.node[i].total;
            if (r <= sum) {
                selection = i + 1;
                break;
            }
        }
    }

    if (selection < 1  ||  selection > (int)(base->tree.moveCount)) {
        // Not a valid selection. We ignore it (e.g. the user clicked on a
        // line with no move on it).
        return TCL_OK;
    }

    const treeNodeT* node = &(base->tree.node[selection - 1]);

    // If the san string first char is not a letter, it is the
    // empty move (e.g. "[end]") so we do NOT add a move:
    if (! isalpha(node->san[0])) {
        return TCL_OK;
    }

    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, node->san, NULL);
    return TCL_OK;
}

// Enumeration of possible move-sorting methods for tree mode:
enum moveSortE { SORT_ALPHA, SORT_ECO, SORT_FREQUENCY, SORT_SCORE };

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sortTreeMoves():
//    Sorts the moves of a tree node according to a specified order.
//    Slow sort method, but the typical number of moves is under 20
//    so it is easily fast enough.
void
sortTreeMoves (treeT * tree, int sortMethod, colorT toMove)
{
    // Only sort if there are at least two moves in the tree node:
    if (tree->moveCount <= 1) { return; }

    for (uint outer=0; outer < tree->moveCount - 1; outer++) {
        for (uint inner=outer+1; inner < tree->moveCount; inner++) {
            int result = 0;

            switch (sortMethod) {
            case SORT_FREQUENCY:  // Most frequent moves first:
                result = tree->node[outer].total - tree->node[inner].total;
                break;

            case SORT_ALPHA:  // Alphabetical order:
                result = strCompare (tree->node[inner].san,
                                     tree->node[outer].san);
                break;

            case SORT_ECO:  // ECO code order:
                result = tree->node[outer].ecoCode - tree->node[inner].ecoCode;
                break;

            case SORT_SCORE:  // Order by success:
                result = tree->node[outer].score - tree->node[inner].score;
                if (toMove == BLACK) { result = -result; }
                break;

            default:  // Unreachable:
                return;
            }

            if (result < 0) {
                // Swap the nodes:
                treeNodeT temp = tree->node[outer];
                tree->node[outer] = tree->node[inner];
                tree->node[inner] = temp;
            }
        }  // for (inner)
    } // for (outer)
    return;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_tree_search:
//    Returns the tree for the current position
int
sc_tree_search (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    static const char * usageStr =
      "Usage: sc_tree search [-hideMoves <0|1>] [-sort alpha|eco|frequency|score] [-time <0|1>]";

    // Sort options: these should match the moveSortE enumerated type.
    static const char * sortOptions[] = {
        "alpha", "eco", "frequency", "score", NULL
    };

    char tempTrans[10];
    bool hideMoves = false;
    bool showTimeStats = true;
    const bool listMode = false;
    bool inFilterOnly = false;
    int sortMethod = SORT_FREQUENCY; // default move order: frequency

    scidBaseT * base = db;
    static std::set<scidBaseT**> search_pool;

    // Check that there is an even number of optional arguments and
    // parse them as option-value pairs:
    int arg = 2;
    int argsLeft = (argc - arg);
    if (argsLeft % 2 != 0) { return errorResult (ti, usageStr); }

    while (arg < argc) {
        if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "-sort")) {
            sortMethod = strUniqueMatch (argv[arg+1], sortOptions);
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "-hideMoves")) {
            hideMoves = strGetBoolean (argv[arg+1]);
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "-base")) {
            base = DBasePool::getBase(strGetUnsigned(argv[arg+1]));
            if (base == 0) return UI_Result(ti, ERROR_FileNotOpen);
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "-time")) {
            showTimeStats = strGetBoolean (argv[arg+1]);
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "-filtered")) {
            inFilterOnly = strGetBoolean (argv[arg+1]);
        } else if (strIsPrefix (argv[arg], "-cancel")) {
        	search_pool.clear();
        	return TCL_OK;
        } else {
            return errorResult (ti, usageStr);
        }
        arg += 2;
    }

    if (sortMethod < 0) { return errorResult (ti, usageStr); }
    if (!base->inUse) { return UI_Result(ti, ERROR_FileNotOpen);  }

    search_pool.insert(&base);
    base->treeFilter->Fill(0);
    const HFilter filter = base->getFilter("dbfilter");

    Progress progress = UI_CreateProgress(ti);
    Timer timer;  // Start timing this search.
    uint skipcount = 0;

    // 1. Cache Search
    bool foundInCache = false;
    // #TODO: cache even filtered searches (requires a filter hash)
    if (! inFilterOnly) {
        // Lookup the cache before searching:
        const cachedTreeT* pct = base->treeCache.Lookup (db->game->GetCurrentPos());
        if (pct != NULL) {
            // It was in the cache! Use it to save time:
                if (pct->restoreFilter(base->treeFilter) == OK) {
                    base->tree = pct->getTree();
                    foundInCache = true;
                }
        }
    }

    if (!foundInCache) {
        // OK, not in the cache so do the search:
        // 2. Set vars
        Position* pos = db->game->GetCurrentPos();
        treeT* tree = &(base->tree);
        tree->moveCount = tree->totalCount = 0;
        matSigT msig = matsig_Make (pos->GetMaterial());
        uint hpSig = pos->GetHPSig();
        simpleMoveT sm;
        base->treeFilter->Fill (0); // Reset the filter to be empty
        skipcount = 0;

    	// 3. Set up the stored line code matches:
    	StoredLine stored_line(pos->GetBoard(), pos->GetToMove());

    	// 4. Search through each game:
    	for (uint i=0, n = base->numGames(); i < n; i++) {
            if ((i % 5000) == 0) {  // Update the percentage done slider:
                if (!progress.report(i,n) || search_pool.count(&base) == 0) {
                    return setResult (ti, "canceled");
                }
            }

            if (inFilterOnly && filter.get(i) == 0) { continue; }

    		const IndexEntry* ie = base->getIndexEntry(i);
    		if (ie->GetLength() == 0) { skipcount++; continue; }
    		// We do not skip deleted games, so next line is commented out:
    		// if (ie->GetDeleteFlag()) { skipcount++; continue; }

    		bool foundMatch = false;

            // Check the stored line result for this game:
            int ply = stored_line.match(ie->GetStoredLineCode());
            if (ply < -1) { skipcount++; continue; }
            if (ply >= 0) {
                FullMove m = StoredLine::getMove(ie->GetStoredLineCode(), ply);
                if (!m.isNull()) {
                    sm.from = m.getFrom();
                    sm.to = m.getTo();
                    if (m.isCastle()) sm.to = sm.from + ((sm.to > sm.from) ? 2 : -2);
                    sm.promote = EMPTY;
                    ply += 1;
                    foundMatch = true;
                }
            }
            if (!foundMatch) {
                pieceT * bd = pos->GetBoard();
                bool isStartPos =
                    (bd[A1]==WR  &&  bd[B1]==WN  &&  bd[C1]==WB  &&  bd[D1]==WQ  &&
                     bd[E1]==WK  &&  bd[F1]==WB  &&  bd[G1]==WN  &&  bd[H1]==WR  &&
                     bd[A2]==WP  &&  bd[B2]==WP  &&  bd[C2]==WP  &&  bd[D2]==WP  &&
                     bd[E2]==WP  &&  bd[F2]==WP  &&  bd[G2]==WP  &&  bd[H2]==WP  &&
                     bd[A7]==BP  &&  bd[B7]==BP  &&  bd[C7]==BP  &&  bd[D7]==BP  &&
                     bd[E7]==BP  &&  bd[F7]==BP  &&  bd[G7]==BP  &&  bd[H7]==BP  &&
                     bd[A8]==BR  &&  bd[B8]==BN  &&  bd[C8]==BB  &&  bd[D8]==BQ  &&
                     bd[E8]==BK  &&  bd[F8]==BB  &&  bd[G8]==BN  &&  bd[H8]==BR);
                if (!isStartPos  &&  ie->GetNumHalfMoves() == 0) {
                    skipcount++;
                    continue;
                }

                if (! ie->GetStartFlag()) {
                    // Speedups that only apply to standard start games:
                    if (hpSig != HPSIG_StdStart) { // Not the start mask
                        if (! hpSig_PossibleMatch(hpSig, ie->GetHomePawnData())) { continue; }
                    }
                }

                if (msig != MATSIG_StdStart
                    &&  !matsig_isReachable (msig, ie->GetFinalMatSig(),
                                ie->GetPromotionsFlag(),
                                ie->GetUnderPromoFlag()))
                {
                    skipcount++;
                    continue;
                }

                if (base->getGame(ie, base->bbuf) != OK) {
                    search_pool.erase(&base);
                    return errorResult (ti, "Error reading game file.");
    			}
    			Game *g = scratchGame;
    			if (g->ExactMatch (pos, base->bbuf, &sm)) {
    				ply = g->GetCurrentPly() + 1;
    				foundMatch = true;
    			}
    		}

    		// If match was found, add it to the list of found moves:
    		if (foundMatch) {
    			if (ply > 255) { ply = 255; }
    			base->treeFilter->Set (i, (byte) ply);
    			uint search;
    			treeNodeT* node = tree->node;
    			for (search = 0; search < tree->moveCount; search++, node++) {
    				if (sm.from == node->sm.from
    						&&  sm.to == node->sm.to
    						&&  sm.promote == node->sm.promote) {
    					break;
    				}
    			}

    			// Now node is the node to update or add.
    			// Check for exceeding max number of nodes:
    			if (search >= MAX_TREE_NODES) {
    				search_pool.erase(&base);
    				return errorResult (ti, "Too many moves.");
    			}

    			if (search == tree->moveCount) {
    				// A new move to add:
    				initTreeNode (node);
    				node->sm = sm;
    				if (sm.from == NULL_SQUARE) {
    					strCopy(node->san, "[end]");
    				} else {
    					pos->MakeSANString (&sm, node->san, SAN_CHECKTEST);
    				}
    				tree->moveCount++;
    			}
    			node->total++;
    			node->freq[ie->GetResult()]++;
    			eloT elo = 0;
    			eloT oppElo = 0;
    			uint year = ie->GetYear();
    			if (pos->GetToMove() == WHITE) {
    				elo = ie->GetWhiteElo();
    				oppElo = ie->GetBlackElo();
    			} else {
    				elo = ie->GetBlackElo();
    				oppElo = ie->GetWhiteElo();
    			}
    			if (elo > 0) {
    				node->eloSum += elo;
    				node->eloCount++;
    			}
    			if (oppElo > 0) {
    				node->perfSum += oppElo;
    				node->perfCount++;
    			}
    			if (year != 0) {
    				node->yearSum += year;
    				node->yearCount++;
    			}
    			tree->totalCount++;
    		} // end: if (foundMatch) ...
    	} // end: for
    }

    DString dstr;
    treeT* tree = &(base->tree);
    treeNodeT* node = tree->node;

    if (!foundInCache) {
        // Now we generate the score of each move: it is the expected score per
        // 1000 games. Also generate the ECO code of each move.

        for (uint i=0; i < tree->moveCount; i++, node++) {
            node->score = (node->freq[RESULT_White] * 2
                    + node->freq[RESULT_Draw] + node->freq[RESULT_None])
                    * 500 / node->total;

            node->ecoCode = 0;
            if (ecoBook != NULL) {
                Position tmpPos = *(db->game->GetCurrentPos());
                if (node->sm.from != NULL_SQUARE) {
                    tmpPos.DoSimpleMove (&(node->sm));
                }
                dstr.Clear();
                if (ecoBook->FindOpcode (&tmpPos, "eco", &dstr) == OK) {
                    node->ecoCode = eco_FromString (dstr.Data());
                }
            }
        }

        // Now we sort the move list:
        sortTreeMoves (tree, sortMethod, db->game->GetCurrentPos()->GetToMove());

        // If it wasn't in the cache, maybe it belongs there:
        if (!foundInCache  && !inFilterOnly) {
            base->treeCache.Add (db->game->GetCurrentPos(), tree, base->treeFilter);
        }
    }

    progress.report(1,1);
    search_pool.erase(&base);

    DString * output = new DString;
    char temp [200];
    if (! listMode) {
        const char * titleRow =
            "    Move   ECO       Frequency    Score  AvElo Perf AvYear %Draws";
        titleRow = translate (ti, "TreeTitleRow", titleRow);
        output->Append (titleRow);
    }

    // Now we print the list into the return string:
    node = tree->node;
    for (uint count=0; count < tree->moveCount; count++, node++) {
        ecoStringT ecoStr;
        eco_ToExtendedString (node->ecoCode, ecoStr);
        uint avgElo = 0;
        if (node->eloCount >= 1)
        	avgElo = node->eloSum / node->eloCount;

        uint perf = 0;
        if (node->perfCount >= 10) {
            perf = node->perfSum / node->perfCount;
            uint score = (node->score + 5) / 10;
            if (db->game->GetCurrentPos()->GetToMove() == BLACK) { score = 100 - score; }
            perf = Crosstable::Performance (perf, score);
        }
        uint avgYear = 0;
        if (node->yearCount > 0) {
            avgYear = (node->yearSum + (node->yearCount/2)) / node->yearCount;
        }
        node->san[6] = 0;

        strcpy(tempTrans, node->san);
        transPieces(tempTrans);

        if (listMode) {
            if (ecoStr[0] == 0) { strCopy (ecoStr, "{}"); }
            sprintf (temp, "%2u %-6s %-5s %7u %3d%c%1d %3d%c%1d",
                     count + 1,
                     hideMoves ? "---" : tempTrans,//node->san,
                     hideMoves ? "{}" : ecoStr,
                     node->total,
                     100 * node->total / tree->totalCount,
                     decimalPointChar,
                     (1000 * node->total / tree->totalCount) % 10,
                     node->score / 10,
                     decimalPointChar,
                     node->score % 10);
            output->Append (temp);
        } else {
            sprintf (temp, "\n%2u: %-6s %-5s %7u:%3d%c%1d%%  %3d%c%1d%%",
                     count + 1,
                     hideMoves ? "---" : tempTrans,//node->san,
                     hideMoves ? "" : ecoStr,
                     node->total,
                     100 * node->total / tree->totalCount,
                     decimalPointChar,
                     (1000 * node->total / tree->totalCount) % 10,
                     node->score / 10,
                     decimalPointChar,
                     node->score % 10);
            output->Append (temp);
        }

        if (avgElo == 0) {
            strCopy (temp, listMode ? " {}" : "      ");
        } else {
            sprintf (temp, "  %4u", avgElo);
        }
        output->Append (temp);
        if (perf == 0) {
            strCopy (temp, listMode ? " {}" : "      ");
        } else {
            sprintf (temp, "  %4u", perf);
        }
        output->Append (temp);
        if (avgYear == 0) {
            strCopy (temp, listMode ? " {}" : "      ");
        } else {
            sprintf (temp, "  %4u", avgYear);
        }
        output->Append (temp);
        uint pctDraws = node->freq[RESULT_Draw] * 1000 / node->total;
        sprintf (temp, "  %3d%%", (pctDraws + 5) / 10);
        output->Append (temp);

        if (listMode) {
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, (char *) output->Data());
            output->Clear();
        }
    }

    // Print a totals line as well, if there are any moves in the tree:

    if (tree->moveCount > 0) {
        int totalScore = 0;
        uint64_t eloSum = 0;
        uint64_t eloCount = 0;
        uint64_t perfSum = 0;
        uint64_t perfCount = 0;
        uint64_t yearCount = 0;
        uint64_t yearSum = 0;
        uint nDraws = 0;
        node = tree->node;
        for (uint count=0; count < tree->moveCount; count++, node++) {
            totalScore += node->freq[RESULT_White] * 2;
            totalScore += node->freq[RESULT_Draw] + node->freq[RESULT_None];
            eloCount += node->eloCount;
            eloSum += node->eloSum;
            perfCount += node->perfCount;
            perfSum += node->perfSum;
            yearCount += node->yearCount;
            yearSum += node->yearSum;
            nDraws += node->freq[RESULT_Draw];
        }
        totalScore = totalScore * 500 / tree->totalCount;
        uint avgElo = 0;
        if (eloCount >= 10) {
            avgElo = eloSum / eloCount;
        }
        uint perf = 0;
        if (perfCount >= 10) {
            perf = perfSum / perfCount;
            uint score = (totalScore + 5) / 10;
            if (db->game->GetCurrentPos()->GetToMove() == BLACK) { score = 100 - score; }
            perf = Crosstable::Performance (perf, score);
        }

        if (listMode) {
            sprintf (temp, "%2u %-6s %-5s %7u %3d%c%1d %3d%c%1d",
                     0,
                     "TOTAL",
                     "{}",
                     tree->totalCount,
                     100, decimalPointChar, 0,
                     totalScore / 10, decimalPointChar, totalScore % 10);
            output->Append (temp);
        } else {
            const char * totalString = translate (ti, "TreeTotal:", "TOTAL:");
            output->Append ("\n_______________________________________________________________\n");
            sprintf (temp, "%-12s     %7u:100%c0%%  %3d%c%1d%%",
                     totalString, tree->totalCount, decimalPointChar,
                     totalScore / 10, decimalPointChar, totalScore % 10);
            output->Append (temp);
        }
        if (avgElo == 0) {
            output->Append (listMode ? " {}" : "      ");
        } else {
            sprintf (temp, "  %4u", avgElo);
            output->Append (temp);
        }
        if (perf == 0) {
            output->Append (listMode ? " {} " : "      ");
        } else {
            sprintf (temp, "  %4u", perf);
            output->Append (temp);
        }
        if (yearCount == 0) {
            output->Append (listMode ? " {}" : "      ");
        } else {
            sprintf (temp, "  %4u", static_cast<uint>((yearSum + (yearCount/2)) / yearCount));
            output->Append (temp);
        }
        uint pctDraws = nDraws * 1000 / tree->totalCount;
        sprintf (temp, "  %3d%%", (pctDraws + 5) / 10);
        output->Append (temp);
        if (listMode) {
            Tcl_AppendElement (ti, (char *) output->Data());
            output->Clear();
        } else {
            output->Append ("\n");
        }
    }

    // Print timing and other information:
#if 0
    if (showTimeStats  &&  !listMode) {
        int csecs = timer.CentiSecs();
        sprintf (temp, "\n  Time: %d%c%02d s",
                 csecs / 100, decimalPointChar, csecs % 100);
        output->Append (temp);

        if (foundInCache) {
            output->Append ("  (Found in cache)");
        } else {
#ifdef SHOW_SKIPPED_STATS
            output->Append ("  Skipped: ", skipcount, " games.");
#endif
        }
    }
#endif

    if (! listMode) {
    	Tcl_AppendResult (ti, output->Data(), NULL);
    }
    delete output;
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_tree_cachesize:
//    set cache size
int
sc_tree_cachesize (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
  if (argc != 4) {
    return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_tree cachesize <base> <size>");
  }
  scidBaseT* base = DBasePool::getBase(strGetInteger(argv[2]));
  if (base) base->treeCache.CacheResize(strGetUnsigned(argv[3]));
  return TCL_OK;
}
//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_tree_cacheinfo:
//    returns a list of 2 values : used slots and max cache size
int
sc_tree_cacheinfo (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
  if (argc != 3) {
    return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_tree cacheinfo <base>");
  }
  scidBaseT* base = DBasePool::getBase(strGetInteger(argv[2]));
  if (base) {
    appendUintElement (ti, base->treeCache.UsedSize());
    appendUintElement (ti, base->treeCache.Size());
  } else {
    appendUintElement (ti, 0);
    appendUintElement (ti, 0);
  }
  return TCL_OK;
}
//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_search:
//    Search function interface.
int
sc_search (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    static const char * options [] = {
        "board", "header", "material", NULL
    };
    enum { OPT_BOARD, OPT_HEADER, OPT_MATERIAL };

    int index = -1;
    if (argc > 1) { index = strUniqueMatch (argv[1], options); }
    int ret = TCL_OK;

    if (!db->inUse) {
        return errorResult (ti, errMsgNotOpen(ti));
    }

    switch (index) {
    case OPT_BOARD:
        ret = sc_search_board (cd, ti, argc, argv);
        break;

    case OPT_HEADER: {
        HFilter filter = db->getFilter("dbfilter");
        ret = sc_search_header (cd, ti, db, filter, argc, argv);
        break;
    }

    case OPT_MATERIAL:
        ret = sc_search_material (cd, ti, argc, argv);
        break;

    default:
        return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_search", options);
    }

    return ret;
}


//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_search_board:
//    Searches for exact match for the current position.
//    if <base> is present, search for current position in base <base>,
//    and sets <base> filter accordingly
int
sc_search_board (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    const char * usageStr =
        "Usage: sc_search board <filterOp> <searchType> <searchInVars> <flip> [<base>]";

    if (argc < 6  ||  argc > 7) { return errorResult (ti, usageStr); }
    filterOpT filterOp = strGetFilterOp (argv[2]);

    bool useHpSigSpeedup = false;
    gameExactMatchT searchType = GAME_EXACT_MATCH_Exact;

    switch (argv[3][0]) {
    case 'E':
        searchType = GAME_EXACT_MATCH_Exact;
        useHpSigSpeedup = true;
        break;
    case 'P':
        searchType = GAME_EXACT_MATCH_Pawns;
        useHpSigSpeedup = true;
        break;
    case 'F':
        searchType = GAME_EXACT_MATCH_Fyles;
        break;
    case 'M':
        searchType = GAME_EXACT_MATCH_Material;
        break;
    default:
        return errorResult (ti, usageStr);
    }

    bool searchInVars = strGetBoolean (argv[4]);
    bool flip = false;
    flip = strGetBoolean (argv[5]);

    Position * pos = db->game->GetCurrentPos();
    
    const scidBaseT* dbase = db;
    if (argc == 7) {
        dbase = DBasePool::getBase(strGetUnsigned(argv[6]));
        if (dbase == 0) return UI_Result(ti, ERROR_FileNotOpen);
    }
    
    Progress progress = UI_CreateProgress(ti);
    Timer timer;  // Start timing this search.
    Position * posFlip =  NULL;
    matSigT msig = matsig_Make (pos->GetMaterial());
    matSigT msigFlip = 0;
    uint hpSig = pos->GetHPSig();
    uint hpSigFlip = 0;

    if (flip) {
        posFlip = new Position;
        char cboard [40];
        pos->PrintCompactStrFlipped (cboard);
        posFlip->ReadFromCompactStr ((byte *) cboard);
        hpSigFlip = posFlip->GetHPSig();
        msigFlip = matsig_Make (posFlip->GetMaterial());
    }

    HFilter filter = dbase->getFilter("dbfilter");
    uint skipcount = 0;

    // If filter operation is to reset the filter, reset it:
    if (filterOp == FILTEROP_RESET) {
        filter.fill(1);
        filterOp = FILTEROP_AND;
    }
    uint startFilterCount = filter.count();

    // Here is the loop that searches on each game:
    Game tmpGame;
    Game* g = &tmpGame;
    gamenumT gameNum = 0;
    for (gamenumT n = dbase->numGames(); gameNum < n; gameNum++) {
        if ((gameNum % 5000) == 0) {  // Update the percentage done bar:
            if (!progress.report(gameNum, n)) break;
        }
        // First, apply the filter operation:
        if (filterOp == FILTEROP_AND) {  // Skip any games not in the filter:
            if (filter.get(gameNum) == 0) {
                skipcount++;
                continue;
            }
        } else /* filterOp==FILTEROP_OR*/ { // Skip any games in the filter:
            if (filter.get(gameNum) != 0) {
                skipcount++;
                continue;
            } else {
                // OK, this game is NOT in the filter.
                // Add it so filterCounts are kept up to date:
                filter.set (gameNum, 1);
            }
        }

        const IndexEntry* ie = dbase->getIndexEntry(gameNum);
        if (ie->GetLength() == 0) {
            // Skip games with no gamefile record:
            filter.set (gameNum, 0);
            skipcount++;
            continue;
        }

        // Set "useVars" to true only if the search specified searching
        // in variations, AND this game has variations:
        bool useVars = searchInVars && ie->GetVariationsFlag();

        bool possibleMatch = true;
        bool possibleFlippedMatch = flip;

        // Apply speedups if we are not searching in variations:
        if (! useVars) {
            if (! ie->GetStartFlag()) {
                // Speedups that only apply to standard start games:
                if (useHpSigSpeedup  &&  hpSig != 0xFFFF) {
                    const byte * hpData = ie->GetHomePawnData();
                    if (! hpSig_PossibleMatch (hpSig, hpData)) {
                        possibleMatch = false;
                    }
                    if (possibleFlippedMatch) {
                        if (! hpSig_PossibleMatch (hpSigFlip, hpData)) {
                            possibleFlippedMatch = false;
                        }
                    }
                }
            }

            // If this game has no promotions, check the material of its final
            // position, since the searched position might be unreachable:
            if (possibleMatch) {
                if (!matsig_isReachable (msig, ie->GetFinalMatSig(),
                                         ie->GetPromotionsFlag(),
                                         ie->GetUnderPromoFlag())) {
                        possibleMatch = false;
                    }
            }
            if (possibleFlippedMatch) {
                if (!matsig_isReachable (msigFlip, ie->GetFinalMatSig(),
                                         ie->GetPromotionsFlag(),
                                         ie->GetUnderPromoFlag())) {
                        possibleFlippedMatch = false;
                    }
            }
        }

        if (!possibleMatch  &&  !possibleFlippedMatch) {
            filter.set (gameNum, 0);
            skipcount++;
            continue;
        }

        // At this point, the game needs to be loaded:
        if (dbase->getGame(ie, dbase->bbuf) != OK) {
            return errorResult (ti, "Error reading game file.");
        }
        uint ply = 0;
        if (useVars) {
            g->Decode (dbase->bbuf, GAME_DECODE_NONE);
            // Try matching the game without variations first:
            if (ply == 0  &&  possibleMatch) {
                if (g->ExactMatch (pos, NULL, NULL, searchType)) {
                    ply = g->GetCurrentPly() + 1;
                }
            }
            if (ply == 0  &&  possibleFlippedMatch) {
                if (g->ExactMatch (posFlip, NULL, NULL, searchType)) {
                    ply = g->GetCurrentPly() + 1;
                }
            }
            if (ply == 0  &&  possibleMatch) {
                g->MoveToPly (0);
                if (g->VarExactMatch (pos, searchType)) {
                    ply = g->GetCurrentPly() + 1;
                }
            }
            if (ply == 0  &&  possibleFlippedMatch) {
                g->MoveToPly (0);
                if (g->VarExactMatch (posFlip, searchType)) {
                    ply = g->GetCurrentPly() + 1;
                }
            }
        } else {
            // No searching in variations:
            if (possibleMatch) {
                if (g->ExactMatch (pos, dbase->bbuf, NULL, searchType)) {
                    // Set its auto-load move number to the matching move:
                    ply = g->GetCurrentPly() + 1;
                }
            }
            if (ply == 0  &&  possibleFlippedMatch) {
                dbase->bbuf->BackToStart();
                if (g->ExactMatch (posFlip, dbase->bbuf, NULL, searchType)) {
                    ply = g->GetCurrentPly() + 1;
                }
            }
        }
        if (ply > 255) { ply = 255; }
        filter.set (gameNum, ply);
    }

    progress.report(1,1);
    if (flip) { delete posFlip; }

    // Now print statistics and time for the search:
    char temp[200];
    int centisecs = timer.CentiSecs();
    if (gameNum != dbase->numGames()) {
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, errMsgSearchInterrupted(ti), "  ", NULL);
    }
    sprintf (temp, "%d / %d  (%d%c%02d s)",
             filter.count(), startFilterCount,
             centisecs / 100, decimalPointChar, centisecs % 100);
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
#ifdef SHOW_SKIPPED_STATS
    sprintf(temp, "  Skipped %u games.", skipcount);
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
#endif

return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// addPattern():
//    Called by the parameter parsing section of sc_search_material()
//    to add a pattern to a pattern list.
//    Returns the new head of the pattern list.
patternT *
addPattern (patternT * pattHead, patternT * addPatt)
{
    // Create a new pattern structure:
#ifdef WINCE
    patternT * newPatt = (patternT *) my_Tcl_Alloc(sizeof(new patternT));
#else
    patternT * newPatt = new patternT;
#endif

    // Initialise it:
    newPatt->flag = addPatt->flag;
    newPatt->pieceMatch = addPatt->pieceMatch;
    newPatt->fyleMatch = addPatt->fyleMatch;
    newPatt->rankMatch = addPatt->rankMatch;

    // Add to the head of the list of patterns, and return:
    newPatt->next = pattHead;
    return newPatt;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// freePatternList():
//    Frees the memory used by a list of patterns.
void
freePatternList (patternT * patt)
{
    patternT * nextPatt;
    while (patt) {
        nextPatt = patt->next;
#ifdef WINCE
        my_Tcl_Free((char*)patt);
#else
        delete patt;
#endif
        patt = nextPatt;
    }
}

void
flipPattern (patternT * patt)
{
    if (patt->rankMatch != NO_RANK) {
        patt->rankMatch = (RANK_1 + RANK_8) - patt->rankMatch;
    }
    patt->pieceMatch = PIECE_FLIP[patt->pieceMatch];
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// parsePattern:
//    Called by sc_search_material to extract the details of
//    a pattern parameter (e.g "no wp c ?" for no White pawn on
//    the d file).
errorT
parsePattern (const char * str, patternT * patt)
{
    ASSERT (str != NULL  &&  patt != NULL);

    // Set up pointers to the four whitespace-separated pattern
    // parameter values in the string:
    str = strFirstWord (str);
    const char * flagStr = str;
    str = strNextWord (str);
    const char * colorPieceStr = str;
    str = strNextWord (str);
    const char * fyleStr = str;
    str = strNextWord (str);
    const char * rankStr = str;

    // Parse the color parameter: "w", "b", or "?" for no pattern.
    if (*colorPieceStr == '?') {
        // Empty pattern:
        patt->pieceMatch = EMPTY;
        return OK;
    }

    colorT color = WHITE;
    switch (tolower(*colorPieceStr)) {
        case 'w': color = WHITE; break;
        case 'b': color = BLACK; break;
        default: return ERROR;
    }

    // Parse the piece type parameter for this pattern:
    pieceT p = EMPTY;
    switch (tolower(colorPieceStr[1])) {
        case 'k': p = KING; break;
        case 'q': p = QUEEN; break;
        case 'r': p = ROOK; break;
        case 'b': p = BISHOP; break;
        case 'n': p = KNIGHT; break;
        case 'p': p = PAWN; break;
        default: return ERROR;
    }

    patt->pieceMatch = piece_Make (color, p);
    patt->flag = strGetBoolean (flagStr);

    // Parse the fyle parameter for this pattern:
    char ch = *fyleStr;
    if (ch == '?') {
        patt->fyleMatch = NO_FYLE;
    } else if (ch >= 'a'  &&  ch <= 'h') {
        patt->fyleMatch = A_FYLE + (ch - 'a');
    } else {
        return ERROR;
    }

    // Parse the rank parameter for this pattern:
    ch = *rankStr;
    if (ch == '?') {
        patt->rankMatch = NO_RANK;
    } else if (ch >= '1'  &&  ch <= '8') {
        patt->rankMatch = RANK_1 + (ch - '1');
    } else {
        return ERROR;
    }
    return OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_search_material:
//    Searches by material and/or pattern.
int
sc_search_material (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (! db->inUse) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Not an open database.");
    }

    uint minMoves = 0;
    uint minPly = 0;
    uint maxPly = 999;
    uint matchLength = 1;
    byte min[MAX_PIECE_TYPES] = {0};
    byte minFlipped[MAX_PIECE_TYPES] = {0};
    byte max[MAX_PIECE_TYPES] = {0};
    byte maxFlipped[MAX_PIECE_TYPES] = {0};
    max[WM] = max[BM] = 9;
    int matDiff[2];
    matDiff[0] = -40;
    matDiff[1] = 40;
    filterOpT filterOp = FILTEROP_RESET;
    bool flip = false;
    bool oppBishops = true;
    bool sameBishops = true;
    uint hpExcludeMask = HPSIG_Empty;
    uint hpExMaskFlip = HPSIG_Empty;
    patternT * patt = NULL;
    patternT * flippedPatt = NULL;
    patternT tempPatt;

    const char * options[] = {
        "wq", "bq", "wr", "br", "wb", "bb", "wn", "bn",
        "wp", "bp", "wm", "bm", "flip", "filter", "range",
        "length", "bishops", "diff", "pattern", NULL
    };
    enum {
        OPT_WQ, OPT_BQ, OPT_WR, OPT_BR, OPT_WB, OPT_BB, OPT_WN, OPT_BN,
        OPT_WP, OPT_BP, OPT_WM, OPT_BM, OPT_FLIP, OPT_FILTER, OPT_RANGE,
        OPT_LENGTH, OPT_BISHOPS, OPT_DIFF, OPT_PATTERN
    };

    int arg = 2;
    while (arg+1 < argc) {
        const char * option = argv[arg];
        const char * value = argv[arg+1];
        arg += 2;
        int index = -1;
        if (option[0] == '-') {
            index = strUniqueMatch (&(option[1]), options);
        }
        uint counts [2] = {0, 0};
        if (index >= OPT_WQ  &&  index <= OPT_BM) {
            strGetUnsigneds (value, counts, 2);
        }

        switch (index) {

        case OPT_WQ:  min[WQ] = counts[0];  max[WQ] = counts[1];  break;
        case OPT_BQ:  min[BQ] = counts[0];  max[BQ] = counts[1];  break;
        case OPT_WR:  min[WR] = counts[0];  max[WR] = counts[1];  break;
        case OPT_BR:  min[BR] = counts[0];  max[BR] = counts[1];  break;
        case OPT_WB:  min[WB] = counts[0];  max[WB] = counts[1];  break;
        case OPT_BB:  min[BB] = counts[0];  max[BB] = counts[1];  break;
        case OPT_WN:  min[WN] = counts[0];  max[WN] = counts[1];  break;
        case OPT_BN:  min[BN] = counts[0];  max[BN] = counts[1];  break;
        case OPT_WP:  min[WP] = counts[0];  max[WP] = counts[1];  break;
        case OPT_BP:  min[BP] = counts[0];  max[BP] = counts[1];  break;
        case OPT_WM:  min[WM] = counts[0];  max[WM] = counts[1];  break;
        case OPT_BM:  min[BM] = counts[0];  max[BM] = counts[1];  break;

        case OPT_FLIP:
            flip = strGetBoolean (value);
            break;

        case OPT_FILTER:
            filterOp = strGetFilterOp (value);
            break;

        case OPT_RANGE:
            strGetUnsigneds (value, counts, 2);
            minPly = counts[0];  maxPly = counts[1];
            break;

        case OPT_LENGTH:
            matchLength = strGetUnsigned (value);
            if (matchLength < 1) { matchLength = 1; }
            break;

        case OPT_BISHOPS:
            switch (toupper(value[0])) {
                case 'S': oppBishops = false; sameBishops = true;  break;
                case 'O': oppBishops = true;  sameBishops = false; break;
                default:  oppBishops = true;  sameBishops = true;  break;
            }
            break;

        case OPT_DIFF:
            strGetIntegers (value, matDiff, 2);
            break;

        case OPT_PATTERN:
            if (parsePattern (value, &tempPatt) != OK) {
                Tcl_AppendResult (ti, "Invalid pattern: ", value, NULL);
                return TCL_ERROR;
            }
            // Only add to lists if a pattern was specified:
            if (tempPatt.pieceMatch == EMPTY) { break; }
            // Update home-pawn exclude masks if appropriate:
            if (!tempPatt.flag
                &&  piece_Type(tempPatt.pieceMatch) == PAWN
                &&  tempPatt.rankMatch == NO_RANK
                &&  tempPatt.fyleMatch != NO_FYLE) {
                colorT color = piece_Color (tempPatt.pieceMatch);
                colorT flipColor = (color == WHITE ? BLACK : WHITE);
                fyleT fyle = tempPatt.fyleMatch;
                hpExcludeMask = hpSig_AddPawn (hpExcludeMask, color, fyle);
                hpExMaskFlip = hpSig_AddPawn (hpExMaskFlip, flipColor, fyle);
            }
            // Add the pattern and its flipped equivalent:
            patt = addPattern (patt, &tempPatt);
            flipPattern (&tempPatt);
            flippedPatt = addPattern (flippedPatt, &tempPatt);
            break;

        default:
            return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_search material", options);
        }
    }
    if (arg != argc) { return errorResult (ti, "Odd number of parameters."); }

    // Sanity check of values:
    if (max[WQ] < min[WQ]) { max[WQ] = min[WQ]; }
    if (max[BQ] < min[BQ]) { max[BQ] = min[BQ]; }
    if (max[WR] < min[WR]) { max[WR] = min[WR]; }
    if (max[BR] < min[BR]) { max[BR] = min[BR]; }
    if (max[WB] < min[WB]) { max[WB] = min[WB]; }
    if (max[BB] < min[BB]) { max[BB] = min[BB]; }
    if (max[WN] < min[WN]) { max[WN] = min[WN]; }
    if (max[BN] < min[BN]) { max[BN] = min[BN]; }
    if (max[WP] < min[WP]) { max[WP] = min[WP]; }
    if (max[BP] < min[BP]) { max[BP] = min[BP]; }
    // Minor piece range should be at least the sum of the Bishop
    // and Knight minimums, and at most the sum of the maximums:
    if (min[WM] < min[WB]+min[WN]) { min[WM] = min[WB] + min[WN]; }
    if (min[BM] < max[BB]+min[BN]) { min[BM] = min[BB] + min[BN]; }
    if (max[WM] > max[WB]+max[WN]) { max[WM] = max[WB] + max[WN]; }
    if (max[BM] > max[BB]+max[BN]) { max[BM] = max[BB] + max[BN]; }

    // Swap material difference range values if necessary:
    if (matDiff[0] > matDiff[1]) {
        int temp = matDiff[0]; matDiff[0] = matDiff[1]; matDiff[1] = temp;
    }

    // Set up flipped piece counts if necessary:
    if (flip) {
        minFlipped[WQ] = min[BQ];  maxFlipped[WQ] = max[BQ];
        minFlipped[WR] = min[BR];  maxFlipped[WR] = max[BR];
        minFlipped[WB] = min[BB];  maxFlipped[WB] = max[BB];
        minFlipped[WN] = min[BN];  maxFlipped[WN] = max[BN];
        minFlipped[WP] = min[BP];  maxFlipped[WP] = max[BP];
        minFlipped[WM] = min[BM];  maxFlipped[WM] = max[BM];
        minFlipped[BQ] = min[WQ];  maxFlipped[BQ] = max[WQ];
        minFlipped[BR] = min[WR];  maxFlipped[BR] = max[WR];
        minFlipped[BB] = min[WB];  maxFlipped[BB] = max[WB];
        minFlipped[BN] = min[WN];  maxFlipped[BN] = max[WN];
        minFlipped[BP] = min[WP];  maxFlipped[BP] = max[WP];
        minFlipped[BM] = min[WM];  maxFlipped[BM] = max[WM];
    }

    // Convert move numbers to halfmoves (ply counts):
    minMoves = minPly;
    minPly = minPly * 2 - 1;
    maxPly = maxPly * 2;

    // Set up the material Sig: it is the signature of the MAXIMUMs.
    matSigT msig, msigFlipped;
    int checkMsig = 1;
    if (max[WQ] > 3  ||  max[BQ] > 3  ||  max[WR] > 3 ||  max[BR] > 3 ||
        max[WB] > 3  ||  max[BB] > 3  ||  max[WN] > 3 ||  max[BN] > 3) {
        // It is an unusual search, we cannot use material sig!
        checkMsig = 0;
    }
    msig = matsig_Make (max);
    msigFlipped = MATSIG_FlipColor(msig);

    Progress progress = UI_CreateProgress(ti);
    Timer timer;  // Start timing this search.

    uint skipcount = 0;
    char temp [250];
    Game * g = scratchGame;
    HFilter filter = db->getFilter("dbfilter");

    // If filter operation is to reset the filter, reset it:
    if (filterOp == FILTEROP_RESET) {
        filter.fill(1);
        filterOp = FILTEROP_AND;
    }
    uint startFilterCount = filter.count();

    // Here is the loop that searches on each game:
    gamenumT gameNum = 0, n = db->numGames();
    for (; gameNum < n; gameNum++) {
        if ((gameNum % 1000) == 0) {  // Update the percentage done bar:
            if (!progress.report(gameNum, n)) break;
        }
        // First, apply the filter operation:
        if (filterOp == FILTEROP_AND) {  // Skip any games not in the filter:
            if (filter.get(gameNum) == 0) {
                skipcount++;
                continue;
            }
        } else /* filterOp == FILTEROP_OR*/ { // Skip any games in the filter:
            if (filter.get(gameNum) != 0) {
                skipcount++;
                continue;
            }
            // OK, this game is NOT in the filter.
            // Add it so filterCounts are kept up to date:
            filter.set (gameNum, 1);
        }

        const IndexEntry* ie = db->getIndexEntry(gameNum);
        if (ie->GetLength() == 0) {  // Skip games with no gamefile record
            filter.set (gameNum, 0);
            skipcount++;
            continue;
        }

        if (ie->GetNumHalfMoves() < minMoves  &&  ! ie->GetStartFlag()) {
            // Skip games without enough moves to match, if they
            // have the standard starting position:
            filter.set (gameNum, 0);
            skipcount++;
            continue;
        }

        bool possibleMatch = true;
        bool possibleFlippedMatch = flip;

        // First, eliminate games that cannot match from their final
        // material signature:
        if (checkMsig  &&  !matsig_isReachable (msig, ie->GetFinalMatSig(),
                                                ie->GetPromotionsFlag(),
                                                ie->GetUnderPromoFlag()))
        {
            possibleMatch = false;
        }
        if (flip  &&  checkMsig
                &&  !matsig_isReachable (msigFlipped, ie->GetFinalMatSig(),
                                         ie->GetPromotionsFlag(),
                                         ie->GetUnderPromoFlag()))
        {
            possibleFlippedMatch = false;
        }

        // If the game has a final home pawn that cannot appear in the
        // patterns, exclude it. For example, a White IQP search has no
        // white c or e pawns, so any game that ends with a c2 or e2 pawn
        // at home need not be loaded:

        if (possibleMatch  &&  hpExcludeMask != HPSIG_Empty) {
            uint gameFinalHP = hpSig_Final (ie->GetHomePawnData());
            // If any bit is set in both, this game cannot match:
            if ((gameFinalHP & hpExcludeMask) != 0) {
                possibleMatch = false;
            }
        }
        if (possibleFlippedMatch  &&  hpExMaskFlip != HPSIG_Empty) {
            uint gameFinalHP = hpSig_Final (ie->GetHomePawnData());
            // If any bit is set in both, this game cannot match:
            if ((gameFinalHP & hpExMaskFlip) != 0) {
                possibleFlippedMatch = false;
            }
        }

        if (!possibleMatch  &&  !possibleFlippedMatch) {
            filter.set (gameNum, 0);
            skipcount++;
            continue;
        }

        // Now, the game must be loaded and searched:

        if (db->getGame(ie, db->bbuf) != OK) {
            continue;
        }

        bool result = false;
        if (possibleMatch) {
            result = g->MaterialMatch (db->bbuf, min, max, patt,
                                       minPly, maxPly, matchLength,
                                       oppBishops, sameBishops,
                                       matDiff[0], matDiff[1]);
        }
        if (result == 0  &&  possibleFlippedMatch) {
            db->bbuf->BackToStart();
            result = g->MaterialMatch (db->bbuf, minFlipped, maxFlipped,
                                       flippedPatt, minPly, maxPly,
                                       matchLength, oppBishops, sameBishops,
                                       matDiff[0], matDiff[1]);
        }

        if (result) {
            // update the filter value to the current ply:
            uint plyOfMatch = g->GetCurrentPly() + 1 - matchLength;
            byte b = (byte) (plyOfMatch + 1);
            if (b == 0) { b = 1; }
            filter.set (gameNum, b);
        } else {
            // This game did NOT match:
            filter.set (gameNum, 0);
        }
    }

    freePatternList (patt);
    freePatternList (flippedPatt);
    progress.report(1,1);

    int centisecs = timer.CentiSecs();

    if (gameNum != n) {
        Tcl_AppendResult (ti, errMsgSearchInterrupted(ti), "  ", NULL);
    }
    sprintf (temp, "%d / %d  (%d%c%02d s)",
             filter.count(), startFilterCount,
             centisecs / 100, decimalPointChar, centisecs % 100);
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
#ifdef SHOW_SKIPPED_STATS
    sprintf(temp, "  Skipped %u games.", skipcount);
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, temp, NULL);
#endif

    return TCL_OK;
}


//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// matchGameHeader():
//    Called by sc_search_header to test a particular game against the
//    header search criteria.
bool
matchGameHeader (const IndexEntry* ie,
                 bool * mWhite, bool * mBlack,
                 bool wToMove, bool bToMove, bool bAnnotaded)
{
    uint halfmoves = ie->GetNumHalfMoves();
    if ((halfmoves % 2) == 0) {
        // This game ends with White to move:
        if (! wToMove) { return false; }
    } else {
        // This game ends with Black to move:
        if (! bToMove) { return false; }
    }
    
    // Last, we check the players
    if (mWhite != NULL  &&  !mWhite[ie->GetWhite()]) { return false; }
    if (mBlack != NULL  &&  !mBlack[ie->GetBlack()]) { return false; }

	if (bAnnotaded && !(ie->GetCommentsFlag() || ie->GetVariationsFlag() || ie->GetNagsFlag()))
		return false;

    // If we reach here, this game matches all criteria.
    return true;
}


const uint NUM_TITLES = 8;
enum {
    TITLE_GM, TITLE_IM, TITLE_FM,
    TITLE_WGM, TITLE_WIM, TITLE_WFM,
    TITLE_W, TITLE_NONE
};
const char * titleStr [NUM_TITLES] = {
    "gm", "im", "fm", "wgm", "wim", "wfm", "w", "none"
};

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// parseTitles:
//    Called from sc_search_header to parse a list
//    of player titles to be searched for. The provided
//    string should have some subset of the elements
//    gm, im, fm, wgm, wim, w and none, each separated
//    by whitespace. Example: "gm wgm" would indicate
//    to only search for games by a GM or WIM.
bool *
parseTitles (const char * str)
{
    bool * titles = new bool [NUM_TITLES];

    for (uint t=0; t < NUM_TITLES; t++) { titles[t] = false; }

    str = strFirstWord (str);
    while (*str != 0) {
        for (uint i=0; i < NUM_TITLES; i++) {
            if (strIsCasePrefix (titleStr[i], str)) {
                titles[i] = true;
                break;
            }
        }
        str = strNextWord (str);
    }
    return titles;
}


//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_search_header:
//    Searches by header information.
int
sc_search_header (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, scidBaseT* base, HFilter& filter, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    ASSERT(argc >= 2);
    Progress progress = UI_CreateProgress(ti);
    errorT res = search_index(base, filter, argc -2, argv +2, progress);
    if (res != OK) return UI_Result(ti, res);

    //TODO: the old options that follows do not work with FILTEROP_OR
    //      at the moment there is no tcl code that use them with FILTEROP_OR

	char * sAnnotator = NULL;

    bool * mWhite = NULL;
    bool * mBlack = NULL;

	bool bAnnotated = false;

	bool * wTitles = NULL;
    bool * bTitles = NULL;

    bool wToMove = true;
    bool bToMove = true;

    int pgnTextCount = 0;
    char ** sPgnText = NULL;

    const char * options[] = {
        "annotator", "annotated",
        "wtitles", "btitles", "toMove",
        "pgn", NULL
    };
    enum {
        OPT_ANNOTATOR, OPT_ANNOTATED,
        OPT_WTITLES, OPT_BTITLES, OPT_TOMOVE,
        OPT_PGN
    };

    int arg = 2;
    while (arg+1 < argc) {
        const char * option = argv[arg];
        const char * value = argv[arg+1];
        arg += 2;
        int index = -1;
        if (option[0] == '-') {
            index = strUniqueMatch (&(option[1]), options);
        }

        switch (index) {
		case OPT_ANNOTATOR:
			sAnnotator = strDuplicate(value);
			break;

		case OPT_ANNOTATED:
			bAnnotated = strGetBoolean(value);
			break;

        case OPT_WTITLES:
            wTitles = parseTitles (value);
            break;

        case OPT_BTITLES:
            bTitles = parseTitles (value);
            break;

        case OPT_TOMOVE:
            wToMove = false;
            if (strFirstChar (value, 'w')  || strFirstChar (value, 'W')) {
                wToMove = true;
            }
            bToMove = false;
            if (strFirstChar (value, 'b')  || strFirstChar (value, 'B')) {
                bToMove = true;
            }
            break;

        case OPT_PGN:
            if (Tcl_SplitList (ti, (char *)value, &pgnTextCount,
                               (CONST84 char ***) &sPgnText) != TCL_OK) {
                return TCL_ERROR;
            }
            break;

        }
    }

    // Set up White name matches array:
    if (wTitles != NULL  &&  spellChk != NULL) {
        bool allTitlesOn = true;
        for (uint t=0; t < NUM_TITLES; t++) {
            if (! wTitles[t]) { allTitlesOn = false; break; }
        }
        if (! allTitlesOn) {
            idNumberT i;
            idNumberT numNames = base->getNameBase()->GetNumNames(NAME_PLAYER);
            if (mWhite == NULL) {
                mWhite = new bool [numNames];
                for (i=0; i < numNames; i++) { mWhite[i] = true; }
            }
            for (i=0; i < numNames; i++) {
                if (! mWhite[i]) { continue; }
                const char * name = base->getNameBase()->GetName (NAME_PLAYER, i);
                const PlayerInfo* pInfo = spellChk->getPlayerInfo(name);
                const char * title = (pInfo) ? pInfo->getTitle() : "";
                if ((!wTitles[TITLE_GM]  &&  strEqual(title, "gm"))
                    || (!wTitles[TITLE_GM]  &&  strEqual(title, "hgm"))
                    || (!wTitles[TITLE_IM]  &&  strEqual(title, "im"))
                    || (!wTitles[TITLE_FM]  &&  strEqual(title, "fm"))
                    || (!wTitles[TITLE_WGM]  &&  strEqual(title, "wgm"))
                    || (!wTitles[TITLE_WIM]  &&  strEqual(title, "wim"))
                    || (!wTitles[TITLE_WFM]  &&  strEqual(title, "wfm"))
                    || (!wTitles[TITLE_W]  &&  strEqual(title, "w"))
                    || (!wTitles[TITLE_NONE]  &&  strEqual(title, ""))
                    || (!wTitles[TITLE_NONE]  &&  strEqual(title, "cgm"))
                    || (!wTitles[TITLE_NONE]  &&  strEqual(title, "cim"))) {
                    mWhite[i] = false;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    // Set up Black name matches array:
    if (bTitles != NULL  &&  spellChk != NULL) {
        bool allTitlesOn = true;
        for (uint t=0; t < NUM_TITLES; t++) {
            if (!bTitles[t]) { allTitlesOn = false; break; }
        }
        if (! allTitlesOn) {
            idNumberT i;
            idNumberT numNames = base->getNameBase()->GetNumNames(NAME_PLAYER);
            if (mBlack == NULL) {
                mBlack = new bool [numNames];
                for (i=0; i < numNames; i++) { mBlack[i] = true; }
            }
            for (i=0; i < numNames; i++) {
                if (! mBlack[i]) { continue; }
                const char * name = base->getNameBase()->GetName (NAME_PLAYER, i);
                const PlayerInfo* pInfo = spellChk->getPlayerInfo(name);
                const char * title = (pInfo) ? pInfo->getTitle() : "";
                if ((!bTitles[TITLE_GM]  &&  strEqual(title, "gm"))
                    || (!bTitles[TITLE_GM]  &&  strEqual(title, "hgm"))
                    || (!bTitles[TITLE_IM]  &&  strEqual(title, "im"))
                    || (!bTitles[TITLE_FM]  &&  strEqual(title, "fm"))
                    || (!bTitles[TITLE_WGM]  &&  strEqual(title, "wgm"))
                    || (!bTitles[TITLE_WIM]  &&  strEqual(title, "wim"))
                    || (!bTitles[TITLE_WFM]  &&  strEqual(title, "wfm"))
                    || (!bTitles[TITLE_W]  &&  strEqual(title, "w"))
                    || (!bTitles[TITLE_NONE]  &&  strEqual(title, ""))
                    || (!bTitles[TITLE_NONE]  &&  strEqual(title, "cgm"))
                    || (!bTitles[TITLE_NONE]  &&  strEqual(title, "cim"))) {
                    mBlack[i] = false;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    bool skipSearch = false;
    if ((sAnnotator == NULL || *sAnnotator == 0) &&
        (mWhite == NULL && mBlack == NULL) &&
        (bAnnotated == false) &&
        (wToMove == true && bToMove == true) &&
        (pgnTextCount == 0)) {
        skipSearch = true;
    }

    // Here is the loop that searches on each game:
    if (!skipSearch)
    for (uint i=0, n = base->numGames(); i < n; i++) {
        if ((i % 5000) == 0) {  // Update the percentage done bar:
            if (!progress.report(i,n)) return UI_Result(ti, ERROR_UserCancel);
        }
        // Skip any games not in the filter:
        if (filter.get(i) == 0) continue;


        const IndexEntry* ie = base->getIndexEntry(i);
        bool match = false;
            if (matchGameHeader (ie, mWhite, mBlack,
                                 wToMove, bToMove, bAnnotated)) {
                match = true;
            }


		// Without annotations the search for annotator can be skipped
		// This eliminates 90% of the effort, if an annotator is queried
		if( sAnnotator != NULL && *sAnnotator != 0 && !ie->GetCommentsFlag() && !ie->GetVariationsFlag())
			match = false;

        // Now try to match the comment text if applicable:
        // Note that it is not worth using a faster staring search
        // algorithm like Boyer-Moore or Knuth-Morris-Pratt since
        // profiling showed most that most of the time is spent
        // generating the PGN representation of each game.

        if (match  &&  (pgnTextCount > 0 || (sAnnotator != NULL && *sAnnotator != 0))) {
            if (match  &&  (base->getGame(ie, base->bbuf) != OK)) {
                match = false;
            }

			if(sAnnotator != NULL && *sAnnotator != 0)
			{
				// Need the annotator flag, so decode the flags
				if (match  &&  scratchGame->DecodeTags (base->bbuf, true) != OK)
					match = false;
				if(match)
				{
					match = false;
		            uint numtags = scratchGame->GetNumExtraTags();
					tagT *tag = scratchGame->GetExtraTags();
					for(uint i=0; i<numtags; i++, tag++){
						// Returning all games where the search string matches with the prefix 
						// of the annotator string
						if( !strcmp(tag->tag, "Annotator")){
							match = strAlphaContains(tag->value, sAnnotator);
							break;
						}
					}
				}
				scratchGame->Clear();
			}

			if(pgnTextCount > 0)
			{
				if (match  &&  scratchGame->Decode (base->bbuf, GAME_DECODE_ALL) != OK) {
					match = false;
				}
				if (match) {
					scratchGame->LoadStandardTags (ie, base->getNameBase());
					scratchGame->ResetPgnStyle ();
					scratchGame->AddPgnStyle (PGN_STYLE_TAGS);
					scratchGame->AddPgnStyle (PGN_STYLE_COMMENTS);
					scratchGame->AddPgnStyle (PGN_STYLE_VARS);
					scratchGame->AddPgnStyle (PGN_STYLE_SYMBOLS);
					scratchGame->SetPgnFormat (PGN_FORMAT_Plain);
					const char* buf = scratchGame->WriteToPGN().first;
					for (int m=0; m < pgnTextCount; m++) {
					   if (match) { match = strContains (buf, sPgnText[m]); }
					}
				}
			}
        }

        if (match) {
            filter.set (i, 1);
        } else {
            // This game did NOT match:
            filter.set (i, 0);
        }
    }
	if (sAnnotator != NULL) { delete[] sAnnotator; }
    if (mWhite != NULL) { delete[] mWhite; }
    if (mBlack != NULL) { delete[] mBlack; }
    if (wTitles != NULL) { delete[] wTitles; }
    if (bTitles != NULL) { delete[] bTitles; }

    Tcl_Free ((char *) sPgnText);

    progress.report(1,1);

    return UI_Result(ti, OK);;
}


//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//  VARIATION creation/deletion/navigation functions.

int
sc_var (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    static const char * options [] = {
        "count", "number", "create", "delete", "deletefree", "enter", "exit", "first",
        "level", "list", "moveInto", "promote", NULL
    };
    enum {
        VAR_COUNT, VAR_NUMBER, VAR_CREATE, VAR_DELETE, VAR_DELETEFREE, VAR_ENTER, VAR_EXIT, VAR_FIRST,
        VAR_LEVEL, VAR_LIST, VAR_MOVEINTO, VAR_PROMOTE
    };
    int index = -1;

    if (argc > 1) { index = strUniqueMatch (argv[1], options); }

    switch (index) {
    case VAR_COUNT:
        return setUintResult (ti, db->game->GetNumVariations());

    case VAR_NUMBER:
        return setUintResult (ti, db->game->GetVarNumber());

    case VAR_CREATE:
        if (! (db->game->AtVarStart()  &&  db->game->AtVarEnd())) {
            db->game->MoveForward();
            db->game->AddVariation();
            db->gameAltered = true;
        }
        break;

    case VAR_DELETE:
        return sc_var_delete (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case VAR_DELETEFREE:
        return sc_var_delete_free (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case VAR_ENTER:
        return sc_var_enter (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case VAR_EXIT:
        db->game->MoveExitVariation();
        break;

    case VAR_FIRST:
        return sc_var_first (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case VAR_LEVEL:
        return setUintResult (ti, db->game->GetVarLevel());

    case VAR_LIST:
        return sc_var_list (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case VAR_MOVEINTO:
        return sc_var_enter (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case VAR_PROMOTE:
        db->gameAltered = true;
        return UI_Result(ti, db->game->MainVariation ());

    default:
        return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_var", options);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_var_delete:
//    Deletes a specified variation and free moves
int
sc_var_delete_free (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{

    if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_var deletefree <number>");
    }

    uint varNumber = strGetUnsigned (argv[2]);
    if (varNumber >= db->game->GetNumVariations()) {
        return errorResult (ti, "No such variation!");
    }
    db->game->DeleteVariationAndFree (varNumber);
    db->gameAltered = true;
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_var_delete:
//    Deletes a specified variation.
int
sc_var_delete (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{

    if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_var delete <number>");
    }

    uint varNumber = strGetUnsigned (argv[2]);
    if (varNumber >= db->game->GetNumVariations()) {
        return errorResult (ti, "No such variation!");
    }
    db->game->DeleteVariation (varNumber);
    db->gameAltered = true;
    return TCL_OK;
}
//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_var_first:
//    Promotes the specified variation of the current to be the
//    first in the list.
int
sc_var_first (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_var first <number>");
    }

    uint varNumber = strGetUnsigned (argv[2]);
    if (varNumber >= db->game->GetNumVariations()) {
        return errorResult (ti, "No such variation!");
    }
    db->game->FirstVariation (varNumber);
    db->gameAltered = true;
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_var_list:
//    Returns a Tcl list of the variations for the current move.
int
sc_var_list (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    bool uci = (argc > 2) && ! strCompare("UCI", argv[2]);
    uint varCount = db->game->GetNumVariations();
    char s[100];
    for (uint varNumber = 0; varNumber < varCount; varNumber++) {
        db->game->MoveIntoVariation (varNumber);
        if (uci) db->game->GetNextMoveUCI (s);
        else db->game->GetSAN (s);
        // if (s[0] == 0) { strCopy (s, "(empty)"); }
        Tcl_AppendElement (ti, s);
        db->game->MoveExitVariation ();
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_var_enter:
//    Moves into a specified variation.
int
sc_var_enter (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_var enter <number>");
    }

    uint varNumber = strGetUnsigned (argv[2]);
    if (varNumber >= db->game->GetNumVariations()) {
        return errorResult (ti, "No such variation!");
    }

    db->game->MoveIntoVariation (varNumber);
    // Should moving into a variation also automatically play
    // the first variation move? Maybe it should depend on
    // whether there is a comment before the first move.
    // Uncomment the following line to auto-play the first move:
    db->game->MoveForward();

    return TCL_OK;
}

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
///  BOOK functions

int
sc_book (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    static const char * options [] = {
        "load", "close", "moves", "positions", "movesupdate", "update", NULL
    };
    enum {
        BOOK_LOAD,    BOOK_CLOSE, BOOK_MOVE, BOOK_POSITIONS, BOOK_MOVES_UPDATE, BOOK_UPDATE,
    };
    int index = -1;

    if (argc > 1) { index = strUniqueMatch (argv[1], options);}

    switch (index) {
    case BOOK_LOAD:
        return sc_book_load (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case BOOK_CLOSE:
        return sc_book_close (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case BOOK_MOVE:  
        return sc_book_moves (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case BOOK_POSITIONS:  
        return sc_book_positions (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case BOOK_UPDATE:  
        return sc_book_update (cd, ti, argc, argv);

    case BOOK_MOVES_UPDATE:  
        return sc_book_movesupdate (cd, ti, argc, argv);
        
    default:
        return InvalidCommand (ti, "sc_book", options);
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_book_load:
//    Opens and loads a .bin book (fruit format)
int
sc_book_load (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 4) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_book load bookfile slot");
    }
 
    uint slot = strGetUnsigned (argv[3]);

	 int bookstate = polyglot_open(argv[2], slot);

    if (bookstate == -1 ) {
			return errorResult (ti, "Unable to load book");
		}
    if (bookstate  >  0 ) {
		   // state == 1: book is read only
			return setIntResult (ti, bookstate);
	 }
    return TCL_OK;

//--//    if (polyglot_open(argv[2], slot) == -1 ) {
//--//			return errorResult (ti, "Unable to load book");
//--//		}
//--//    return TCL_OK;
}

//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_book_close:
//    Closes the previously loaded book
int
sc_book_close (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_book close slot");
    }
    uint slot = strGetUnsigned (argv[2]);
    if (polyglot_close(slot) == -1 ) {
			return errorResult (ti, "Error closing book");
		}
    return TCL_OK;
}
//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_book_moves:
//    returns a list of all moves contained in opened book and their probability in a TCL list
int
sc_book_moves (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
		char moves[200] = "";
		char boardStr[100];
    if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_book moves slot");
    }
    uint slot = strGetUnsigned (argv[2]);
		db->game->GetCurrentPos()->PrintFEN (boardStr, FEN_ALL_FIELDS);
		polyglot_moves(moves, (const char *) boardStr, slot);
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, moves, NULL);
    return TCL_OK;
}
//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_positions:
//    returns a TCL list of moves to a position in the book
int
sc_book_positions (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
		char moves[200] = "";
		char boardStr[100];
    if (argc != 3) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_book positions slot");
    }
    uint slot = strGetUnsigned (argv[2]);
		db->game->GetCurrentPos()->PrintFEN (boardStr, FEN_ALL_FIELDS);
		polyglot_positions(moves, (const char *) boardStr, slot);
    Tcl_AppendResult (ti, moves, NULL);
    return TCL_OK;
}
//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_book_update:
//    updates the opened book with probability values
int
sc_book_update (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 4) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_book update <probs> slot");
    }
    uint slot = strGetUnsigned (argv[3]);
		scid_book_update( (char*) argv[2], slot );
    return TCL_OK;
}
//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
// sc_book_movesupdate:
//    updates the opened book with moves and probability values
int
sc_book_movesupdate (ClientData cd, Tcl_Interp * ti, int argc, const char ** argv)
{
    if (argc != 6) {
        return errorResult (ti, "Usage: sc_book movesupdate <moves> <probs> slot tempfile");
    }
    uint slot = strGetUnsigned (argv[4]);
    scid_book_movesupdate( (char*) argv[2], (char*) argv[3], slot, (char*) argv[5] );
    return TCL_OK;
}
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/// END of tkscid.cpp
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
